0% found this document useful (0 votes)

108 views217 pages

04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects 5p1s4a

Uploaded by

Samrong Chek BE

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

108 views217 pages

04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects 5p1s4a

Uploaded by

Samrong Chek BE

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 217

We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.

Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Consumer Objects
Reference Manual

800xA - AC800M Connect - Minerals Library

Version 5.1/4a

Based on Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals

Prep. ATBPA / Schmid / Kraehenbuehl 10.07.2009
Appr. MMM.SchmidKraehenbuehW.Vidal
ATBPA / M.Knabenhans 01.04.2010
Doc. kind Reference Manual Doc. Item

Title Consumer Objects des. des.

800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a Resp. dept. CHABB / ATBPA

Document identity Lang. Rev. ind. Sheet 1
3BHS 161557 en T
ABB Switzerland Ltd No. of sh. 217
Template: Design Description_1,1_A4h_en_standard.dot; Filename: 04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects 5p1s4a.docx; Print: 9/16/2013 10:57:00 AM; Save: 9/16/2013 9:07:00 AM; CHIND No. 3BHS102547 ZAB E01 Rev A. -; I-Q
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

CONTENT
1. SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................................... 6
2. COMMON DATA .............................................................................................................................. 7
2.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 7
2.2 CONTROL ................................................................................................................................. 9
2.2.1 Library location ................................................................................................................... 9
2.2.2 Point of Control ................................................................................................................... 9
2.2.3 Auto Mode ........................................................................................................................ 10
2.2.4 Maintenance Mode ........................................................................................................... 11
2.2.5 Simulation Mode ............................................................................................................... 11
2.3 OPERATION ........................................................................................................................... 12
2.3.1 Graphic Element Drive ...................................................................................................... 13
2.3.1.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 13
2.3.1.2 Status ........................................................................................................................ 14
2.3.1.3 Labels ........................................................................................................................ 15
2.3.1.4 Properties .................................................................................................................. 16
2.3.2 Graphic Element DriveCtrl ................................................................................................ 16
2.3.2.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 16
2.3.2.2 Labels ........................................................................................................................ 17
2.3.2.3 Properties .................................................................................................................. 18
2.3.3 Graphic Element DriveSymbol .......................................................................................... 18
2.3.3.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 18
2.3.3.2 Status ........................................................................................................................ 18
2.3.3.3 Properties .................................................................................................................. 19
2.3.4 GraphicElement DriveFBTxt ............................................................................................. 19
2.3.4.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 19
2.3.4.2 Status ........................................................................................................................ 19
2.3.4.3 Labels ........................................................................................................................ 20
2.3.4.4 Properties .................................................................................................................. 20
2.3.4.5 GraphicElement DriveIntTxt ....................................................................................... 21
2.3.4.6 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 21
2.3.4.7 Status ........................................................................................................................ 21
2.3.4.8 Labels ........................................................................................................................ 21
2.3.4.9 Properties .................................................................................................................. 21
2.3.5 Graphic Element DriveStaTxt............................................................................................ 23
2.3.5.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 23
2.3.5.2 Status ........................................................................................................................ 23
2.3.5.3 Labels ........................................................................................................................ 23
2.3.5.4 Properties .................................................................................................................. 23
2.3.6 Graphic Element DriveMCandUnit .................................................................................... 24
2.3.6.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 24
2.3.6.2 Labels ........................................................................................................................ 24
2.3.6.3 Properties .................................................................................................................. 24
2.3.7 Graphic Element StartCnt ................................................................................................. 25
2.3.7.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 25
2.3.7.2 Properties .................................................................................................................. 25
2.3.8 Graphic Element RunTimeCnt .......................................................................................... 25
2.3.8.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 25
2.3.8.2 Properties .................................................................................................................. 25
2.3.9 Graphic Element OperationCnt ......................................................................................... 26
2.3.9.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 26
2.3.9.2 Properties .................................................................................................................. 26
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 2
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

2.3.10 Graphic Element Process Symbols ................................................................................... 26

2.3.10.1 Presentation .............................................................................................................. 26
2.3.10.2 Common Properties ................................................................................................... 27
2.4 ALARM & EVENT LIST ................................................................................................................. 28
2.5 PCC VIEWER AND UPLOADER - (PROCESS CONTROL CONNECTION) ............................................ 30
2.5.1 Viewer Basic Description .................................................................................................. 30
2.5.2 Viewer Detail Description .................................................................................................. 31
2.5.3 Viewer Example ................................................................................................................ 32
2.5.4 Uploader ........................................................................................................................... 33
3. MOT1.............................................................................................................................................. 34
3.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................. 34
3.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................... 35
3.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................... 35
3.2.2 Parameter description ....................................................................................................... 35
3.2.3 Data Type description ....................................................................................................... 38
3.2.4 Project Constants ............................................................................................................. 40
3.3 OPERATION ........................................................................................................................... 42
3.3.1 Graphic Elements ............................................................................................................. 42
3.3.2 Faceplate .......................................................................................................................... 43
3.3.2.1 Default View .............................................................................................................. 44
3.3.2.2 Extended View ........................................................................................................... 45
3.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission ........................................................................................... 52
3.3.4 Alarm & Event List ............................................................................................................ 53
3.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode ............................................................................................ 53
3.3.4.2 Alarm Messages ........................................................................................................ 54
4. MOT1_VVVF .................................................................................................................................. 55
4.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................. 55
4.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................... 56
4.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................... 56
4.2.2 Parameter description ....................................................................................................... 56
4.2.3 Data Type description ....................................................................................................... 61
4.2.4 Project Constants ............................................................................................................. 65
4.3 OPERATION ........................................................................................................................... 66
4.3.1 Graphic Elements ............................................................................................................. 66
4.3.2 Faceplate .......................................................................................................................... 67
4.3.2.1 Default View .............................................................................................................. 68
4.3.2.2 First Extended View ................................................................................................... 69
4.3.2.3 Second Extended View .............................................................................................. 78
4.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission ........................................................................................... 82
4.4 DEFINITION OF SPEED SUPERVISION (FB3) ................................................................................. 84
4.4.1 Available Parameters ........................................................................................................ 85
4.4.2 Run Speed Supervision .................................................................................................... 85
4.4.2.1 Run Speed Supervision as Warning .......................................................................... 86
4.4.2.2 Run Speed Supervision as Trip ................................................................................. 87
4.4.3 Off Speed Supervision ...................................................................................................... 88
4.4.3.1 Off Speed Supervision as Warning ............................................................................ 89
4.4.4 Alarm & Event List ............................................................................................................ 90
4.4.4.1 Object Status and Mode ............................................................................................ 90
4.4.4.2 Alarm Messages ........................................................................................................ 91
5. MOT2.............................................................................................................................................. 92

5.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................. 92

5.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................... 93
5.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................... 93
5.2.2 Parameter description ....................................................................................................... 93
5.2.3 Data Type description ....................................................................................................... 97
5.2.4 Project Constants ............................................................................................................. 99
5.3 OPERATION ......................................................................................................................... 100
5.3.1 Graphic elements............................................................................................................ 100
5.3.2 Faceplate ........................................................................................................................ 101
5.3.2.1 Default View ............................................................................................................ 102
5.3.2.2 Extended View ......................................................................................................... 103
5.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission ......................................................................................... 111
5.3.4 Alarm & Event List .......................................................................................................... 112
5.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode .......................................................................................... 112
5.3.4.2 Alarm Messages ...................................................................................................... 113
6. MOT2_VVVF ................................................................................................................................ 114
6.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 114
6.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 115
6.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................. 115
6.2.2 Parameter Description .................................................................................................... 116
6.2.3 Data Type description ..................................................................................................... 121
6.2.4 Project Constants ........................................................................................................... 125
6.3 OPERATION ......................................................................................................................... 126
6.3.1 Graphic Elements ........................................................................................................... 126
6.3.2 Faceplate ........................................................................................................................ 127
6.3.2.1 Default View ............................................................................................................ 128
6.3.2.2 First Extended View ................................................................................................. 129
6.3.2.3 Second Extended View ............................................................................................ 138
6.4 SPEED FEEDBACK SUPERVISION (FB3) ..................................................................................... 142
6.4.1.1 Available Parameters ............................................................................................... 142
6.4.2 Faceplate Control Permission ......................................................................................... 144
6.4.3 Alarm & Event List .......................................................................................................... 146
6.4.3.1 Object Status and Mode .......................................................................................... 146
6.4.3.2 Alarm Messages ...................................................................................................... 147
7. MOTP ........................................................................................................................................... 149
7.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 149
7.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 150
7.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................. 150
7.2.2 Parameter description ..................................................................................................... 150
7.2.3 Data Type description ..................................................................................................... 155
7.2.4 Project Constants ........................................................................................................... 158
7.3 OPERATION ......................................................................................................................... 159
7.3.1 Graphic elements............................................................................................................ 159
7.3.2 Faceplate ........................................................................................................................ 160
7.3.2.1 Default View ............................................................................................................ 161
7.3.2.2 Extended View 1 ...................................................................................................... 162
7.3.2.3 Extended View 2 ...................................................................................................... 172
7.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission ......................................................................................... 175
7.3.4 Alarm & Event List .......................................................................................................... 176
7.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode .......................................................................................... 176
7.3.4.2 Alarm Messages ...................................................................................................... 177
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 4
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

7.4 APPLICATION EXAMPLES .......................................................................................................... 177

7.4.1 Damper close on stopped Fan ........................................................................................ 177
7.4.2 Y1Step on Group Restart only ........................................................................................ 178
8. VLV1............................................................................................................................................. 179
8.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 179
8.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 179
8.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................. 179
8.2.2 Parameter description ..................................................................................................... 179
8.2.3 Data Type description ..................................................................................................... 183
8.2.4 Project Constants ........................................................................................................... 186
8.3 OPERATION ......................................................................................................................... 187
8.3.1 Graphic elements............................................................................................................ 187
8.3.2 Faceplate ........................................................................................................................ 188
8.3.2.1 Default View ............................................................................................................ 189
8.3.2.2 Extended View ......................................................................................................... 190
8.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission ......................................................................................... 196
8.3.4 Alarm & Event List .......................................................................................................... 196
8.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode .......................................................................................... 196
8.3.4.2 Alarm Messages ...................................................................................................... 197
8.4 APPLICATION EXAMPLE ............................................................................................................ 198
9. VLVNO1 ....................................................................................................................................... 199
9.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 199
9.2 CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 199
9.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation ................................................................................. 199
9.2.2 Parameter description ..................................................................................................... 199
9.2.3 Data Type description ..................................................................................................... 202
9.3 OPERATION ......................................................................................................................... 205
9.3.1 Graphic elements............................................................................................................ 205
9.3.2 Faceplate ........................................................................................................................ 206
9.3.2.1 Default View ............................................................................................................ 207
9.3.2.2 Extended View ......................................................................................................... 208
9.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission ......................................................................................... 213
9.3.4 Alarm & Event List .......................................................................................................... 215
9.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode .......................................................................................... 215
9.3.4.2 Alarm Messages ...................................................................................................... 216
10. DOCUMENT REVISION HISTORY ........................................................................................... 217

1. SUMMARY
This document contains a detailed description of the following Consumer Objects:
· MOT1
· MOT1_VVVF
· MOT2
· MOT2_VVVF
· MOTP
· VLV1
· VLVNO1
Consumer objects provide access and control for the physical devices (consumers) in the
plant. Consumer objects are normally used in combination with:
· Drive Group (Group, GrpCycleCtrl)
· Preselection Binary (Prebin)
· Start Warning (STW).

2. COMMON DATA

2.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

All consumer objects have the following common basic functions:
· Remote Modes
o Sequence – object controlled by group or sequence
o Central – object controlled from faceplate
o Auto – object controlled by the process (level, time, temperature, positioning, etc.)
· Local Modes
o Local – object controlled from field with all/most interlocks
o Local Maintenance – object controlled from field with reduced interlocks
§ Definition of matrix between local modes and active interlocks can be
made by project
§ Local mode selection can be from field and/or from faceplate
o Operation from Process Panel
· Interlocks / Minerals Library Process Control Connection (PCC)
o Safety (run or start inhibit) (IC)
o Equipment (run or start inhibit) (IB)
o Process (run, start inhibit or auto start) (IA)
o Previous Drive in Sequence (PD)
o Unlimited number of interlock signals thru PCC
o Parameterized interlocks / cause and effect
o Interlock status viewer
· Sequencing / Group Control Connection (GCC)
o Predefined interface between consumer objects and group objects
o Parameterized start / stop / quick stop / routing and change over
o Parameterized Selectors (Duty Standby, Routing etc) and Out of Service
o Summary status of consumers (e.g. run / ready / fault / warning / local / time to
start / time to stop) forwarded to group faceplate
· Alarm Handling / Minerals Library Process Control Connection
o Advanced alarm disabling and acknowledgement, depending on operation
conditions
§ Group active or stopped
§ Consumer active or stopped
§ Consumer remote or local
o First fault alarm detection for object an all connected interlock signals
o Selectable start up alarm inhibit, for dynamic process signals
o Automatic forwarding of alarm and pre warning from signals to consumers
o Navigation by object links between consumer and interlock signal faceplates
o Dynamic alarm priority control
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 7
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

· Electrical Interface - Alarms

o 3 static alarm signals (availability, overload, trip, emergency stop, etc)
o up to 4 dynamic alarm signals (run x/y feedback, position limit switches, speed
switch, etc.)
o 1 Control voltage supervision signal
o 4 IO board status supervision signals
o up to 5 field control signals (start x/y, stop, set local, set remote)
· Current / Power indication and alarming
o Absolute current or power
o Relative current or power in relation to the motors nominal
o Over current pre-warning
· others
o Number of start and run time counter
o Tracking of mode, status, blocking and stop reason
o Built-In simulation for testing and operator training
o Connection to start warning control function

2.2 CONTROL

2.2.1 Library location

The Control Module Types for consumer are located in the library BMIStandard for
Control Builder M Professional. The corresponding DataTypes are located in
BMIConstAndVar.

2.2.2 Point of Control

Consumer objects have 4 different Point of Control POC:
· SEQuence
· CENtral
· LOCal
· Out Of Service.
The point of control defines the source, location from where the object will be controlled,
e.g. from the central control room, by starting each consumer separately (CEN) or from
the field (LOC).
In order to control an object from a certain POC, the POC must be selected before giving
command to the object. Usually the selection of the POC takes place from the HMI, but
the library allows as well changing the POC from the Local Control Box or from the
application software.
Depending on general library configuration stopping/closing an object from the Faceplate
or Local is possible disregarding the POC.
The different POC modes:
Sequence:
The object is controlled from a superior application program e.g. from a drive group
sequence. Sequence mode can be set from the operator station or by the application
program.
Central:
The object is controlled from the operator station by means of the start/stop or open/close
push buttons on the faceplate. Depending on configuration the consumer object can as
well be started from the group or from an application thru a sequence start, in this case
the mode change is done automatically. Central mode can be set from the operator
station only.
Local:
The object is controlled from the field via start/stop or open/close push buttons. The IB, IA
and PD interlocks are de-activated in this POC. The safety interlock IC remains active.
Further the two functional back signals (FB1 and FB2) are also de-activated while pressing
and holding the start/open push button.
Using the project constants DisableIAPDInLoc (default = true), DisableIBInLoc (default =
true) the default interlock behaviour in local can be modified to fit the Project Operation
Concept.

Local mode can be set from the operator station or from the field

If the superior application program (e.g. Group) sets the local

permission to true, the local start push button can switch the object to
local mode and the object will start up/open, with reduced interlock
protection as configured for Local Mode.

F Alarming is disabled when object is in Local mode (no alarm acknowledgment on the
operator station necessary when object is operated from the field)

Out of Service:
The object is not in service and cannot be started from any location. It also means that
the object will be skipped when running a superior group sequence.
Out of Service mode can be set and re-set from the operator station only.

Forced Run (Forced Open for VLV1 and Forced Close for VLVNO1):
This State is in addition to the 4 POC, in case the Object’s FeedBackRun signal is true
without any command issued from the Control Module. This removes the possibility to
control the Object, therefore until this external “FeedBackRun signal’ is removed, the
Object is blocked and no operation can be done. MCC Alarms (M1…M4) will be ignored
and a Contactor Force Alarm is issued.

2.2.3 Auto Mode

Consumer Objects with exception of MOTP can have an additional Auto Mode
enabled per Object, that allows to select between two different Object behaviours from
the Operator Station or the program:
Man (default):
Object is controlled by start / stop commands either issued from the operator station or
from the superior application program.
Auto:
Object is controlled via input IA and/or PCC Auto Start (IA =1 and PCC Auto Start Condition starts
the motor, IA=0 or PCC IA_Process stops the motor). Typical use of the auto mode is on/off control
via thermostats, sump level switches, etc.

Mode Auto is only possible in POC Sequence or Central, and the Object is by default
changing back to Mode Manual if an Interlock or Trip condition occurs or the Object
receives a Stop command.

Reference Table, possible commands per POC for Consumer Object with Auto mode
POC/Mode Sequence Sequence Central Man Central Auto Local
Command Man Auto
Program Start/Open Set Auto Set Seq Auto2
Program Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close 1 Stop/Close 1 Stop/Close
& set Man & set Man
Program Quick Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close
& set Man & set Man
IA = true or PCC Auto Start Start/Open Start/Open
IA = false Interlock Stop/Close Interlock Stop/Close
Stop/Close3 Stop/Close3
Operator Start/Open Start/Open
Operator Stop/Close Stop/Close1 Stop/Close1 Stop/Close Stop/Close Stop/Close1
& set Man & set Man
Local Start/Open Start/Open
Local Stop/Close Trip/Close
Trip/Close Trip/Close Trip/Close Stop/Close
& set Man & set Man
1
depends on EnFPLStopInAllModes setting (Control Module Parameter)

Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 10
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.
2
Group can be configured to halt on objects that are not in Sequence Mode setting the SetSeqMode Parameter to 2
3
AutoMode Parameter allows to disable the IA Interlock to stop the Consumer in Manual Mode

2.2.4 Maintenance Mode

An additional mode Maintenance can be available if configured in the Project. In
maintenance mode all interlocks IA and IB will be disabled independent of the
configuration in POC Local, and additionally it is possible to disable IC with the Project
Constant DisableICInMaint (default = false).
This Mode is by default restricted to POC Local and is used to allow maintenance
works on the equipment.
Mode Maintenance can be set from the Field or via the faceplate.

2.2.5 Simulation Mode

The group object has the possibility to bet set in simulation mode from the operator
station. In this case, all the consumer and basic objects belonging to it will be forced to
simulation mode as well.
In simulation mode, feedbacks (run, open, close) and Input Signals (e.g. MC Current Input
to 0.8 of the configured High Limit) are simulated and commands and alarms are disabled.
This mode is used to test Group Sequence logic and Interlocks. Additionally, testing the
MCC Signals can still be done per Object by setting the “Allow Alarm In Simulation” check
box from the faceplate maintenance tab.
Basic objects such as AIS, AIC, DIS, DIC will be blocked and set to a
normal value.
In case of the group or any consumer object is set to simulation mode
there is still possibility that digital/analog output signals can be activated.
For safety always disconnect the Profibus, modulebus or any other
interface to the field.

2.3 OPERATION
There are different graphic elements available for consumer objects. The most valuable
Graphical Element on the Consumer Objects is the Drive Element, which is available on
all Consumer Objects. Note that the names of these aspects are not “DriveXXX” but are
equal to the names of the respective Consumer Objects.
Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
Drive information as symbol.
On all Consumer Objects.
Displays object control information. Allows direct
DriveCtrl entry of set-point.
Only for MOT1_VVVF and MOTP.
Object status information as symbol.
DriveSymbol
On all Consumer Objects.
Object feedback signal information as text.
DriveFBTxt
On all Consumer Objects.
Object interlock information as text.
DriveIntTxt
On all Consumer Objects.
Object status information as text.
DriveStaTxt
On all Consumer Objects.
Displays the actual motor current.
DriveMCandUnit
Only for MOT1, MOT2 and MOT1_VVVF.
Displays object start counter value.
StartCnt
Only for MOT1, MOT2 and MOT1_VVVF.
Displays object run time.
RunTimeCnt
Only for MOT1, MOT2 and MOT1_VVVF.
Displays object operation counter value.
OperationCnt
Only for VLV1 and VLVN01.

In addition there are animated Process Symbols available for all consumers. These are
selected Graphic Elements out of the Process Symbols, connected to the object’s
StatusRun. They are available on all consumers.
Graphic Element StatusRun Indication Example
AirSlide Changing Color

Arrow Changing Color

BeltConveyor Changing Color, Animation

BucketElevator Changing Color, Animation

KilnRun Changing Color, Animation

MillHorizontal Changing Color, Animation

MillVertical Changing Color

ScrewConveyor Changing Color, Animation

2.3.1 Graphic Element Drive

The most valuable graphical element on the consumer objects is the Drive element, which
is available on all consumer objects. Note that the name of this aspect is not “Drive” but is
equal to the name of the respective consumer object.

2.3.1.1 Presentation
IndicationType Off / PosY Run / PosX

A00_Rectangle

A01_Motor

A02_Valve

A03_MotorM

A04_Pump

A05_Fan

A06_RotaryFeeder

E07_Triangle

E08_Lollipop

E09_Diamond

B11_Damper

B12_Shut

B13_Diverter

B14_LouvreDamper

B15_AirslideDiverter

B16_PropRoller

E21_GearwheelPump

C31_Valve3way

C32_ValveMan

C33_ValveAuto

E41_Generator
E42_Switch not in this release
E77_BeltCleaner
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 13
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

IndicationType Off / PosY Run / PosX

E99_TagName*
The line and the fill color can be changed individually for status on and off (PosX and
PosY). Refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555) for a detailed description of
status colors.
E99_TagName is only visible when the corresponding general property (EnableTagName)
is set to true (refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555)). In case of alarm or
warning the background color changes from transparent to the corresponding alarm
treatment color.
With the property MirrorPosition it is possible to change / switch the indicated position.
This is only available on IndicationTypes indicating a position (like Valve, Damper,
Diverter, et cetera).
IndicationType Original Position Mirror Position

A02_Valve

B11_Damper

B12_Shut

B13_Diverter

B14_LouvreDamper

B15_AirslideDiverter

B16_PropRoller

C31_Valve3way

C32_ValveMan

C33_ValveAuto

2.3.1.2 Status
Examples Object status Symbol color

OFF, object ready to operate grey

OFF, object not ready to operate due

grey, thin red frame
to an interlock
OFF, object not ready to operate due
to an interlock object alarm (e.g. grey, filled red frame
availability or contactor feedback)

RUN green

RUN with warning (e.g. from PCC

filled green, thin orange frame
signals)

RUN with warning (e.g. High Current) green, filled orange frame

2.3.1.3 Labels
Description Example
Point of Control Sequence

Point of Control Central

Point of Control Local

Local Maintenance

Out of Service

Forced Run
(Run without command)

Auto Mode

External setpoint Mode

Internal setpoint Mode.
enable by setting
EnableAbnormalModeInd in
BMI_GraphiXs_Customization
External setpoint and Auto
Mode
Internal setpoint and Manual
Mode.
enable by setting
EnableAbnormalModeInd in
BMI_GraphiXs_Customization
Position Indication

Run Direction Indication

Operator Note

Blocked Interlock or Functional

Back Signal

Example

2.3.1.4 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
DirIndicationType Integer 1 0 = Run indication, 1 = Position indication
DirXOrientation Integer 0 Set arrow orientation clockwise 0 - 360 °
DirXPosition Integer 3 Position: 1 = Top left, 2 = Top center, 3 = Top right, 4
= Center left, 5 = Center center, 6 = Center right, 7 =
Bottom left, 8 = Bottom center, 9 = Bottom right
DirYOrientation Integer 180 Set arrow orientation clockwise 0 - 360 °
DirYPosition Integer 9 Position: 1 = Top left, 2 = Top center, 3 = Top right, 4
= Center left, 5 = Center center, 6 = Center right, 7 =
Bottom left, 8 = Bottom center, 9 = Bottom right
EnableDirX Boolean True Enable = True
EnableDirY Boolean True Enable = True
EnableMode- Boolean True Show mode auto label when auto mode is active
AutoLabel
IndicationType Enum B11_Damper Symbol type selection
MirrorPosition Boolean False Invert position indication
Orientation Integer 0 Obsolete property used for migration only, Symbol's
Orientation in degrees, clockwise.
ShowTagPos Integer 8 Position: 1 = Top left, 2 = Top center, 3 = Top right, 4
= Center left, 5 = Center center, 6 = Center right, 7 =
Bottom left, 8 = Bottom center, 9 = Bottom right
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
SymbolSize Integer 16 Symbol size in pixel: 8 = Litle, 12 = Small, 16 =
Standard, 20 = Large, 24 = XXL
TagNameCount Integer 0 Number of character
TagNameIndex Integer 0 Start point
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.2 Graphic Element DriveCtrl

Displays object control information. Allows direct entry of set-point

2.3.2.1 Presentation
To change the DriveCtrl presentation in common, change the Common NG Properties as
described in [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555). However, it is possible to change the
settings per graphic item individual: Set the Customize property value to true, to enable the
Customize properties. If Customize is false, the Customize properties (EnableDescription,
EnableStatus, EnableTagName, EnableValue#Ind) have no impact on the graphic item.

Customization Examples
Settings Example
EnableDescription = False
EnableStatus = False
EnableTagName = True
EnableValue1Ind = False
EnableValue2Ind = True
EnableDescription = True
EnableStatus = False
EnableTagName = False
EnableValue1Ind = True
EnableValue2Ind = True
EnableDescription = False
EnableStatus = True
EnableTagName = False
EnableValue1Ind = True
EnableValue2Ind = True
EnableDescription = True
EnableStatus = True
EnableTagName = False
EnableValue1Ind = True
EnableValue2Ind = True

2.3.2.2 Labels
Labels Example

Operation Modes e.g. Set

Point External

Signal Error – Signal Quality

Deviation High / Low

Measured value signal

Blocked / Forced

Measured Value Limit

Alarms

2.3.2.3 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
Customize Boolean False False = General settings are used. True =
Customized settings are used.
EnableDescription Boolean True Show value description, property Customize must
be true
EnableFitTo- Boolean True Set best PID size
BestSize
EnableLimitLabel Boolean True Show limit labels
EnableStatus Boolean True Show status bar, property Customize must be true
EnableTagName Boolean True Show tag name, property Customize must be true
EnableUnit Boolean True Show units
EnableValue1Ind Boolean True Enable Value1, property Customize must be true
EnableValue2Ind Boolean True Enable Value2, property Customize must be true
NumberOfDigits Integer 4 Number of presented digits
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
UnitSize Integer 8 Unit size in pixel: 7 = Small, 8 = Standard, 10 =
Large, 12= XXL
Value1Indication Integer 0 0 = Measured Value, 1 = Set Point
Value2Indication Integer 4 0 = Measured Value, 1 = Set Point
ValueSize Integer 12 Value size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 Medium, 12 =
Standard, 14 = Large, 16 = XXL
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.3 Graphic Element DriveSymbol

The graphic element DriveSymbol displays the object status as symbol. On all consumer
objects available.

2.3.3.1 Presentation
IndicationType Description Example

1 Arrow

2 Open Arrow

3 Stealth Arrow

4 Diamond

5 Rectangle

6 Oval

7 Line

8 Trangle

2.3.3.2 Status
Per default the symbol is transparent if StatusRun is false. Change this behaviour by
changing the property EnableNormalPos to true.

2.3.3.3 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
ColorAbnormalPos Brush Lime Symbols color in Abnormal/Alarm Position. Only
applied if EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
ColorNormalPos Brush RGB(125,125,1 Symbols color in Normal Position. Only applied if
25) EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
EnableLogicalColor Boolean True If EnableLogicalColor is true, then all used colors
are logical colors. The logical color reference is
equal to the default logical color used in the color
properties. To use an individual color set it to false.
EnableNormalPos Boolean False Hide symbol in normal position
IndicationType Integer 1 1 = Arrow, 2 = OpenArrow, 3 = StealthArrow, 4 =
Diamond, 5 = Rectangle, 6 = Oval, 7 = Line, 8 =
Triangle
Line Pen Pen(Black, 1.) Symbol's Line, only used when EnableLogicalColor
= false, else Pen(Black, 1.) is used
Orientation Integer 0 Obsolete property used for migration only,
Orientation in degrees, clockwise.
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.4 GraphicElement DriveFBTxt

This Element shows the FB1 and FB2 error. Normally, TextSource is set to 2 to have the
same text as in the faceplate. In this case, all TextIndTr String properties are discarded.

2.3.4.1 Presentation
IndicationType Description Example
0 Text with colored background

10 Square in front of text

20 Colored text

2.3.4.2 Status
Example Object status Symbol color
Normal Position
(EnableNormalPos = False then fully Grey dimmed (semi-transparent)
transparent)
Normal Position Green
(Appearance Type: Alarm or Value interlock)

Abnormal Position Red

2.3.4.3 Labels
Description Indication

Status blocked

Example:

2.3.4.4 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
AppearanceType Integer 0 0 = Alarm, 2 = Value, 10 = Alarm interlock, 12 =
Value interlock
ColorAbnormalPos Color Lime Symbols color in Abnormal/Alarm Position. Only
applied if EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
ColorNormalPos Color RGB(159,159, Symbols color in Normal Position. Only applied if
159) EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
EnableFont Boolean False True enables the Font property. If false, default Font
is used and TextSize as well as TextBold are
enabled.
EnableLogicalColor Boolean True If EnableLogicalColor is true, then all used colors
are logical colors. The logical color reference is
equal to the default logical color used in the color
properties. To use an individual color set it to false.
EnableNormalPos Boolean True Hide symbol in normal position
Font Font Font( "Arial" Text font when EnableFont is true
,10 ,Regular,
Bold)
IndicationType Integer 0 0 = Text with background color, 10 = Square in front
of text, 20 = Text colored
IndicationValue Integer 1 0 = All, 1 = FB1, 2 = FB2
NormalPos Boolean True Value normal position used for AppearanceType 2 =
Value
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
SymbolSize Integer 12 Symbol size in pixel: 8 = Little, 10 = Small, 12 =
Standard, 16 = Large, 20 = XXL
TextBold Boolean True Switch Text Style between normal and bold, only
available if EnableFont is set to false
TextIndTrFB1Abnor String "FB1" TextIndTrFB1AbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrFB1Norm String "FB1" TextIndTrFB1NormalPos used if TextSource = 1
alPos
TextIndTrFB2Abnor String "FB2" TextIndTrFB2AbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrFB2Norm String "FB2" TextIndTrFB2NormalPos used if TextSource = 1
alPos
TextSize Integer 10 Text size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 = Standard, 12 =
Large, 16 = XXL. Only available if EnableFont is set
to false.
TextSource Integer 2 0 = None, 1 = TextIndAbnormalPos /
TextIndNormalPos Properties, 2 = TextOPC
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.4.5 GraphicElement DriveIntTxt

This Element shows the actual state of the interlocks. Normally, TextSource is set to 2 to
have the same text as in the faceplate. In this case, all TextIndTr String properties are
discarded.

2.3.4.6 Presentation
IndicationType Description Example
0 Text with colored background

10 Square in front of text

20 Colored text

2.3.4.7 Status
Example Object status Symbol color
Normal Position
(EnableNormalPos = False then fully Gray dimmed (semi-transparent)
transparent)
Normal Position Green
(Appearance Type: Alarm or Value interlock)

Abnormal Position Red

2.3.4.8 Labels
Description Indication

Status blocked

Example:

2.3.4.9 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
AppearanceType Integer 0 0 = Alarm, 2 = Value, 10 = Alarm interlock, 12 Value
interlock
ColorAbnormalPos Color Lime Symbols color in Abnormal/Alarm Position. Only
applied if EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
ColorNormalPos Color RGB(159,159, Symbols color in Normal Position. Only applied if
159) EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
EnableFont Boolean False True enables the Font property. If false, default Font
is used and TextSize as well as TextBold are
enabled.
EnableLogicalColor Boolean True If EnableLogicalColor is true, then all used colors
are logical colors. The logical color reference is
equal to the default logical color used in the color
properties. To use an individual color set it to false.
EnableNormalPos Boolean True Hide symbol in normal position
Font Font Font( "Arial" Text font when EnableFont is true
,10 ,Regular,
Bold)
IndicationType Integer 0 0 = Text with background color, 10 = Square in front
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 21
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Name DataType Default Value Description

of text, 20 = Text colored
IndicationValue Integer 1 0 = All, 1 = IC, 2 = IB1, 3 = IB2, 4 = IB3, 5 = IB4, 6 =
IA, 7 = PD
NormalPos Boolean True Value normal position used for AppearanceType 2 =
Value
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
SymbolSize Integer 12 Symbol size in pixel: 8 = Little, 10 = Small, 12 =
Standard, 16 = Large, 20 = XXL
TextBold Boolean True Switch Text Style between normal and bold, only
available if EnableFont is set to false
TextIndTrIAAbnorm String "IA" TextIndTrIAAbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
alPos
TextIndTrIANormal String "IA" TextIndTrIANormalPos used if TextSource = 1
Pos
TextIndTrIB1Abnor String "IB1" TextIndTrIB1AbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrIB1Norma String "IB1" TextIndTrIB1NormalPos used if TextSource = 1
lPos
TextIndTrIB2Abnor String "IB2" TextIndTrIB2AbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrIB2Norma String "IB2" TextIndTrIB2NormalPos used if TextSource = 1
lPos
TextIndTrIB3Abnor String "IB3" TextIndTrIB3AbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrIB3Norma String "IB3" TextIndTrIB3NormalPos used if TextSource = 1
lPos
TextIndTrIB4Abnor String "IB4" TextIndTrIB4AbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrIB4Norma String "IB4" TextIndTrIB4NormalPos used if TextSource = 1
lPos
TextIndTrICAbnorm String "IC" TextIndTrICAbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
alPos
TextIndTrICNormal String "IC" TextIndTrICNormalPos used if TextSource = 1
Pos
TextIndTrPDAbnor String "PrevDrive" TextIndTrPDAbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
malPos
TextIndTrPDNormal String "PrevDrive" TextIndTrPDNormalPos used if TextSource = 1
Pos
TextSize Integer 10 Text size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 = Standard, 12 =
Large, 16 = XXL. Only available if EnableFont is set
to false.
TextSource Integer 2 0 = None, 1 = TextIndAbnormalPos /
TextIndNormalPos Properties, 2 = TextOPC
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.5 Graphic Element DriveStaTxt

2.3.5.1 Presentation
IndicationType Description Example
0 Text with colored background

10 Square in front of text

20 Colored text

2.3.5.2 Status
Example Object status Symbol color
Normal Position
(EnableNormalPos = False then fully Gray dimmed (semi-transparent)
transparent)
Normal Position Green
(Appearance Type: Alarm or Value interlock)

Abnormal Position Red

2.3.5.3 Labels
Description Indication

Status blocked

Example:

2.3.5.4 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
AppearanceType Integer 2 0 = Alarm, 2 = Value, 10 = Alarm interlock, 12 Value
interlock
ColorAbnormalPos Color Lime Symbols color in Abnormal/Alarm Position. Only
applied if EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
ColorNormalPos Color RGB(159,159, Symbols color in Normal Position. Only applied if
159) EnableLogicalColor is set to false.
EnableFont Boolean False True enables the Font property. If false, default Font
is used and TextSize as well as TextBold are
enabled.
EnableLogicalColor Boolean True If EnableLogicalColor is true, then all used colors
are logical colors. The logical color reference is
equal to the default logical color used in the color
properties. To use an individual color set it to false.
EnableNormalPos Boolean True Hide symbol in normal position
Font Font Font( "Arial" Text font when EnableFont is true
,10 ,Regular,
Bold)
IndicationType Integer 0 0 = Text with background color, 10 = Square in front
of text, 20 = Text colored
IndicationValue Integer 1 0 = All, 1 = Run

Name DataType Default Value Description

NormalPos Boolean True Value normal position used for AppearanceType 2 =
Value
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
SymbolSize Integer 12 Symbol size in pixel: 8 = Little, 10 = Small, 12 =
Standard, 16 = Large, 20 = XXL
TextBold Boolean True Switch Text Style between normal and bold, only
available if EnableFont is set to false
TextRunAbnormalPos String "Run" TextRunAbnormalPos used if TextSource = 1
TextRunNormalPos String "Off" TextRunNormalPos used if TextSource = 1
TextSize Integer 10 Text size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 = Standard, 12 =
Large, 16 = XXL. Only available if EnableFont is set
to false.
TextSource Integer 3 0 = None, 1 = TextIndAbnormalPos /
TextIndNormalPos Properties, 3 = TextNLS
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.6 Graphic Element DriveMCandUnit

2.3.6.1 Presentation

2.3.6.2 Labels
Description Indication
Signal Blocked / Forced

Example:

2.3.6.3 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
EnableDisplay- Boolean False Show display background color as symbol
BackgroundColor background
EnableUnit Boolean True Show unit
NumberOfDigits Integer 4 Number of presented digits
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
UnitSize Integer 8 Unit size in pixel: 7 = Small, 8 = Standard, 10 =
Large, 12= XXL
ValueSize Integer 12 Value size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 Medium, 12 =
Standard, 14 = Large, 16 = XXL
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.7 Graphic Element StartCnt

2.3.7.1 Presentation

2.3.7.2 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
EnableDisplay- Boolean False Show display background color as symbol
BackgroundColor background
EnableUnit Boolean True Show unit
NumberOfDigits Integer 4 Number of presented digits
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
UnitSize Integer 8 Unit size in pixel: 7 = Small, 8 = Standard, 10 =
Large, 12= XXL
ValueSize Integer 12 Value size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 Medium, 12 =
Standard, 14 = Large, 16 = XXL
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.8 Graphic Element RunTimeCnt

2.3.8.1 Presentation

2.3.8.2 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
EnableDisplay- Boolean False Show display background color as symbol
BackgroundColor background
EnableUnit Boolean True Show unit
NumberOfDigits Integer 4 Number of presented digits
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
UnitSize Integer 8 Unit size in pixel: 7 = Small, 8 = Standard, 10 =
Large, 12= XXL
ValueSize Integer 12 Value size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 Medium, 12 =
Standard, 14 = Large, 16 = XXL
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.9 Graphic Element OperationCnt

2.3.9.1 Presentation

2.3.9.2 Properties
Name DataType Default Value Description
EnableDisplay- Boolean False Show display background color as symbol
BackgroundColor background
EnableUnit Boolean True Show unit
NumberOfDigits Integer 4 Number of presented digits
SubscriptionRate Integer 0 The update rate for all aspect object properties
subscribed for
UnitSize Integer 8 Unit size in pixel: 7 = Small, 8 = Standard, 10 =
Large, 12= XXL
ValueSize Integer 12 Value size in pixel: 8 = Small, 10 Medium, 12 =
Standard, 14 = Large, 16 = XXL
Note that certain properties are not available for all consumer objects.
For common settings please refer to [1] Minerals Library Overview (3BHS 161555).

2.3.10 Graphic Element Process Symbols

These are selected Graphic Elements out of the Process Symbols, connected to the
object’s StatusRun. They are available on all consumers.

2.3.10.1 Presentation
Note that the default behaviour is to change the Color between BMIngFillColor and
BMIngFillColorRun, this can be disabled by setting EnableRunColor to false.
Graphic Element StatusRun Indication Example
AirSlide Changing Color

Arrow Changing Color

BeltConveyor Changing Color, Animation

BucketElevator Changing Color, Animation

KilnRun Changing Color, Animation

MillHorizontal Changing Color, Animation

MillVertical Changing Color

ScrewConveyor Changing Color, Animation

2.3.10.2 Common Properties

Name DataType Default Value Description
AlphaLogicalColor Integer 255 Logical color transparency. Integer
between 0 - 255, 0 = full
transparent, 255 opaque
EnableLogicalColor Boolean True If EnableLogicalColor is true, then
all used colors are logical colors. To
use an individual color set it to false.
EnableRunColor Boolean True If false, FillColorRun is not applied
even if StatusRun is true.
FillColor Brush BMIngFillColor Fill color or background color. Only
applied if EnableLogicalColor is set
to false.
FillColorRun Brush BMIngFillColor Fill color when StatusRun is true.
Run Only applied if EnableLogicalColor
is set to false.
SymbolSize Integer 12 8 = Little, 12 = Small, 16 =
Standard, 20 = Large, 24 = XXL
For detailed descriptions of additional properties, see the Minerals GraphiXs User Guide
3BHS 294896 (16).

2.4 Alarm & Event list

All consumer objects in the Minerals library are able to provide a list of alarms and events.
The alarm and event list is a powerful tool for diagnosing the reason of a failure or a bad
operation during any phase of the project. Some of these messages are disabled when in
simulation mode.
Whenever a new event or alarm happens, a new message is created in the event list.
Actions such as POC change, mode change (auto/man), out of service selection,
start/stop the motor, will trigger a new event log. Also alarms are shown in the event list.

The red button opens the alarm list and the green button opens the event list. In the event
list it is also possible to see alarms. The difference between the event and alarm list is that
in the event list, the history of all Events and Alarms is shown, while the Alarm List only
shows the currently active Alarms.

F Notice that the list you open from the faceplate will show only the alarms and events of
that object.

As an example, the following events happened in the motor M_09C_03_NLS: In this case
the object is a MOT1.

§ Motor started running in central mode (from faceplate).

§ Motor stopped due to IB1 interlock.
§ IB1 interlock was blocked in the faceplate.
§ Motor started run with IB1 blocked 7 seconds later
§ Motor stopped due to IB2 interlock.
§ IB2 interlock was also blocked.
§ The motor started run with IB1 and IB2 blocked.
§ The motor was stopped from the faceplate (CSP).

As a second example, the following events happened for a MOT1VVVF:

§ Motor started running in sequence mode from the Group or IO.In.SeqStart.

§ During motor running, the Setpoint mode was changed from External to Internal
§ Motor stopped due to IO.In.SeqStop (SSP)
§ While motor stopped, IB1 block was selected
§ While motor stopped, PD block was selected
Notice that the structure of the message changed for this object, as there is an additional
field to show the set point mode, SPInt or SPExt.
For the alarm list, as a difference to the event list, only the active alarms are shown. This
means if nol alarm conditions are present, the list will be blank.
Below shown is an alarm condition “Overtemperature Failure” that appeared in the motor
M_09C_03:

The severity of the alarm can be changed thru AlarmTr parameter in Control Builder for all
objects. This Option is similar to the AlarmTr/LimTr for the Analog/Digital input and output
objects. The following Values are possible for the alarm treatment:
§ 3 (default): Unacknowledged alarm “Failure”
§ 2: Unacknowledged alarm “Warning”
§ 1: Auto Acknowledged Alarm “Warning”
§ 0: Event
§ -1: no Alarm / Event generated

F Notice that alarms are created only in the following cases:

§ Motor running or starting in case of MOT1, MOT2, MOTP and MOT1VVVF
§ Valve open in case of VLV1
§ Valve closed in case of VLVNO1

F Interlocks are not Alarms. The motor or the valve will not create a message in the
alarm list when a new interlock comes up. The process condition (e.g.: high
temperature, low pressure) that created the interlock is what must create an alarm
message in the general alarm list of the operator workplace.

F The meaning of each symbol in the Alarm & Event list and the possible combinations
can be checked in this manual in the Alarm & Event List section of each object.

In case NLS is not used for Alarm and Event Messages, a suffix will be added to the
Alarm Text that gives the priority for the Alarm as defined by the AlarmTr.
Suffix Text Constant Standard Text
cBMI.AE.ALP1_SubTxt Warning
cBMI.AE.ALP2_SubTxt Warning
cBMI.AE.ALP3_SubTxt Failure
Note that these Texts are defined in the NLS Resource Manager as well.
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 29
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

2.5 PCC Viewer and Uploader - (Process Control Connection)

The PCC Viewer is available on all consumer objects. It presents list of all interlock
conditions of one consumer.

2.5.1 Viewer Basic Description

· Categorized view of all connected interlocks by type
o PCC Interlocks from AIS, AIC, DIS, DIC and PCC_Threshold_AND3
o Interlocks defined on the consumer thru to classic IO.In.I# interface
· Actual status of interlock condition
· Indication of disabled interlocks and forced/blocked signals
· Signals connected via PCC bus but without any interlock definition are categorized as
unassigned. This is to keep compatibility to applications designed with Library 5.1/1
and earlier.
· Viewer options:
§ Show all or only active interlocks
§ Operator or advanced view
In advanced view interlocks are additionally categorised into:
o not RFS object is not Ready for group start when interlock is active
o RFS consumer is ready for group start when interlocks is active, the program must
be designed in a way that the interlock resolves during the start up
o List of all not assigned (not used) conditions of the connected signals

2.5.2 Viewer Detail Description

Column Description
Interlock category: Safety, Equipment, Process, Previous Drive, Auto Start and
Interlock Unassigned.
Type In case an interlock is configured but (temporary) disabled a “Disabled!” flag is
indicated.
Object name of the interlock source this can be:
· Digital or Analog Input Signal
· Calculated Digital or Analog Input
· PCC_Threshold condition with sub conditions marked (1), (2), etc.
o sub condition can be just a name or again any object or control
Name
module name
· PID loop controller
· Consumer object itself in case classic binary IO.In.IC, IB, IA and PD
interface is used
Clicking on the name opens the Faceplate or Aspect Context Menu if available
DIS / DIC: <Signal Description> - <AE Text> - <Interlock Limit> (Warning or Alarm)
AIS / AIC: <Signal Description> - <Interlock Limit> (H2, H1, PHi, PLo, L1, L2, ROC)
PID Ctrl: same as AIS but additional Interlock Limit DevH and DevL
Description Consumer object itself: <Description> - <Interlock Text>- <InterlockInput>
(IC, IB#, IA, PD)
PCC_Threshold_AND3: <Description> - (n out of m)
Sub Condition (n): <Object Description> - <SubTextCond>
Direction Interlock direction can be Dir X or Dir Y or both directions Dir X/Y
Status green = condition ok, else the project specific warning and failure color and text
Indication of the blocking / forcing status of the interlock source signal. In case the
Forcing
status is “Blocked” the value is simulated and not updated by the process.

2.5.3 Viewer Example

The illustration below shows a motor faceplate and its PCC viewer, with relation to the
relevant information of the connected signal faceplates.

2.5.4 Uploader
The PCC Uploader must be executed in order to have correct indication on the PCC
Viewer whenever the PCC connections have been changed, e.g. a signal has been
added, removed or connections on a PCC_Connect have changed.
Changing of the interlock configuration e.g. change of an AIS H2 limit from IC_Safety to
IB_Equipment does not require a PCC Upload.
The PCC Upload requires (all) process controllers on-line and Object Names updated (i.e.
Name Uploader already executed).

3. MOT1

3.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type MOT1 is used to control a motor with one direction (one
speed) in a drive group or standalone.
In Addition to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for MOT1:
· Motor current indication and high limit warning supervision
· User definable Warning indication
· 3 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Overtemp, Overload & Availability
· 2 functional back process inputs with feedback time supervision for e.g. speed,
pressure or flow supervision. Pulsed feedback supported as well with actual Period
time shown on the Faceplate.
· 1 feedback run signal
· 1 Safety interlock, 1 Chain Auto Interlock, 4 Process interlocks, 1 Previous drive
· 2 of the in total 4 Process (run) interlocks, can be configured as start permissives
· Totalisation and indication of run time (in hours) and number of starts
· Fast Interlocking via PCC Signal connected via DISFastPCC Module

3.2 CONTROL

3.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

Shown is the default view, it’s possible to modify the visible ports in CBM.

3.2.2 Parameter description

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
1 Name string 'Name' yes in INIT: Tag name of the motor (allowed
deliminators are "." and "-", no blanks ":" or ";"
allowed)
2 Description string 'Description' yes in IN: Description text of the motor

3 IO MOT1Data default yes in_out IN/OUT: MOT1Data Variable

4 Stw STWData default yes in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module STW
left (startwarning)
5 Group GrpDrvCo default yes in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module GROUP
n left (sequencer)
6 GrpStartStep dint cBMI.DINT_0 yes in IN: Start step no 1..999, if set to 0 -> not part of
group sequence
7 GrpStopStep dint cBMI.DINT_0 yes in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999, if set to 0 -> not
part of group sequence
8 GrpStartDelay time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay when started from group
sequence
9 GrpStopDelay time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Stop delay when stopped from group
sequence
10 PreSelection string cBMI.Empty_st yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
r P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
11 IOStatus1 dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

12 IOStatus2 dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board

13 IOStatus3 dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board

14 IOStatus4 dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board / Serial

Interface
15 ME bool true yes in_out IN true: Main control voltage distribution OK,
left disabling alarms generation
16 M1 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 1, default
"Overtemp"
17 M2 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 2, default
"Overload"
18 M3 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 3, default
"Availability"
19 FdBckRun bool yes in_out IN: Run feedback signal, default "Contactor On".
left If no IO available MOT1Data.Out.Ord
20 FdBckTime time cBMI.Time2s no in IN: Maximum delay time for contactor response.

21 FB1 bool true yes in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 1 from process
left e.g. speed switch
22 FB1Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB1,
r for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
23 FB1Mode dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: 0 = continuous signal; > 0 pulse time where
1=0.1s; 999999 = 99999.9s; -1 = cont. signal
with FB Opn Alarm
24 FB2 bool true yes in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 2 from process
left e.g. pressure switch
25 FB2Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB2,
r for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
26 FB2Mode dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: 0 = continous signal; -1 = cont. signal with FB
Opn Alarm enabled
27 FBTime time cBMI.Time10s no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB1/2 response and
HiCurrent response
28 LcbStart bool false yes in_out IN pulse: Start signal (pulse) from field LCB. Start
left =1
29 LcbStop bool true yes in_out IN true: Any stop command (stop, not remote..)
left from field LCB. Stop = 0
30 LcbRem bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
MOT1_LCB
31 LcbLoc bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Loc depending on config in
MOT1_LCB
32 LcbMaint bool false yes in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
left user defined config in MOT1_LCB
33 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig,
34 MC RealIO default yes in_out IN: Motor Current or Motor Power
left
35 MCNominal real 0 no in INIT: Nominal (rated) current of the motor

36 Ord bool false yes out OUT: Start Order. Output to contactor.

37 LocAlarmAck bool false no out OUT: Alarm reset pulse (e.g. to reset alarms in
SCP's)
38 PrevDrive bool true yes in IN true: Chain interlock "previous drive running"

39 PrevDriveTxt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for chain interlock with
r previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
40 IATxt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IA,
r for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
41 IBF bool false no in IN: IB Function. If true, IB3 and IB4 works as
start interlock.
42 IB1Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB1, for
r NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 36
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

43 IB2Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB2, for
r NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
44 IB3Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB3, for
r NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
45 IB4Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB4, for
r NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
46 ICTxt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal IC,
r for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
47 StwCen bool cBMI.MOT.Stw no in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
Cen triggered, when started from Central/Sequence
48 StwField bool cBMI.MOT.Stw no in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
Field triggered, when started from field (from LCB)
49 AutoMode dint cBMI.MOT.Aut no in INIT: 1=Disable IA in Man Mode if EnAuto, 8=
oMode Wait for next Trigger for Startup in AutoMode
50 EnAuto bool cBMI.MOT.En no in IN false: Mode Auto enable, if true Auto mode is
Auto activated on sequence start
51 EnSeq bool cBMI.MOT.En no in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
Seq
52 EnCen bool cBMI.MOT.En no in IN true: Point of control Central enable
Cen
53 EnLoc bool cBMI.MOT.En no in IN: Point of control Loc enable
Loc
54 EnMaint bool cBMI.MOT.En no in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
Maint
55 EnFPLStopInA bool cBMI.MOT.En no in IN true: If false stop from faceplate only works in
llModes FPLStopInAllM POC Central
odes
56 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_0 no in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
57 Class dint 1 no in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
58 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Alarm no in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
Tr (1=lowest)
59 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Interl no in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
ockTr (1=lowest)
60 ModeTr bool cBMI.MOT.Mo no in IN true: True enables events on mode and point
deTr of control change
61 StatusTr bool cBMI.MOT.Sta no in IN true: True enables events on status (on/off)
tusTr change
62 IOStatTxt string cBMI.MOT.IOS no in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
_txt (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
63 IOStat4Txt string cBMI.Empty_st no in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usually
r used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
64 METxt string cBMI.MOT.ME no in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
_txt supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
65 M1Txt string cBMI.MOT.M1 no in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
_txt2 support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
66 M2Txt string cBMI.MOT.M2 no in IN: Description text for alarm M2, for NLS
_txt2 support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
67 M3Txt string cBMI.MOT.M3 no in IN: Description text for alarm M3, for NLS
_txt2 support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
68 LcbStopTxt string cBMI.MOT.Loc no in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Stopped", for
alStop_txt NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
69 FdBckTxt string cBMI.MOT.Co no in INIT: Description text for alarm "Main Contactor
ntactor_al_txt Error", for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

70 MCTxt string cBMI.Logtxt.Hi no in IN: Description text for alarm "High Current", for
ghLoad NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
71 WarningTxt string cBMI.MOT.Wa no in IN: Description text for warning (warning does
rning_txt not stop the Motor), for NLS support use
||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
72 MCHiLim real 100 no in IN: Motor current high limit in % of nominal
(rated) current
73 GrpRunOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, RUN backsignal to Group is set
e constant 1
74 GrpOffOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal to Group is set
e constant 0
75 GrpTripOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, a trip will not initiate an auto
e change over of the preselections
76 AlarmAck bool false no in IN pulse: Alarm acknowledge

3.2.3 Data Type description

Together with the MOT1 Control Module Type a Structured Data Type MOT1Data is
available. This makes it possible to create one Global Variable in the application for each
motor instance.
MOT1Data contains four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel
MOT1Data; components
Name Data Type Attribut Initial Description
es Value
1 In MOT1Input retain Input variables to the motor
2 Out MOT1Output retain Output variables from the motor
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus, PriorityCommand/Interlock from
Input modules to motor
4 Process PanelLinkConsu retain Interface from / to Process Panel
Panel mer

MOT1Input; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 PreSel bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected, connected to
PreBinData.PreSel in case parameterized
PreSelection is not used.
2 PreSelStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby, only
used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to reduce IndTr to
Warning
3 EnSeqStart bool retain true IN true: a group start step will not activate the motor
till this signal is true
4 EnSeqStop bool retain true IN true: a group stop step will not stop the motor till
this signal is true
5 SeqStart bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external start command, changes POC to
Seq and starts the motor
6 SeqStop bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external stop command
7 SetSeq bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Seq
8 SetCen bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Cen
9 SetLoc bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Loc
10 IC bool retain true IN true: Safety interlock signal, active in all operation
modes.
11 IB1 bool retain true IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode
12 IB2 bool retain true IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode
13 IB3 bool retain true IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode. Works as start intlk if IBF=1
14 IB4 bool retain true IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode.
Works as start interlock if IBF =1
15 IA bool retain true IN true: Auto and chain interlock signal. Not included
in RFS signal. If true drive restarts in auto mode.
16 Warning bool retain false IN false: External Warning for the motor control,

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
creates a warning if true, no stop of the motor

MOT1Output; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Auto bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is in Auto mode.
nosort
2 Seq bool retain Indication of point of operation SEQuence.
nosort
3 Cen bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is in central operation
nosort mode.
4 Loc bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is in local operation
nosort mode.
5 Maint bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance
nosort mode.
6 OutOfSrv bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is Out Of Service
nosort
7 Trip bool retain TRIPped indication, can be used to start a redundant
nosort drive (Not Including Interlock), activated by
FdBckRun, M1, M2, M3, M4, FB1, FB2
8 Rfs bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is Ready For Start.
nosort
9 NoInt bool retain No INTerlocks. The drive is ready for start and no IA
nosort interlock.
10 Run bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is running. condition
nosort is: Ord, FdBckRun, FB1, FB2
displayvalu
e
11 Ord bool retain Output Start Order 1 (also enabled when simulation
nosort mode is on)
12 StartCnt dint coldretain Accumulated no of starts
nosort
13 RuntimeCnt real coldretain Accumulated run time of motor
nosort
14 ALNumber dint retain Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2 etc.)
nosort
15 ALPending bool retain Indication of Pending Alarm
nosort
16 ALUnack bool retain Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
nosort
17 FieldStartRel bool retain Field Start Release is true in case of LOC is selected
ease nosort and startconditions for the mode are o.k.
18 ForcedRun bool retain Indicating forced run, motor started by e.g. hardwired
nosort LCB
19 FdBckOffErr bool retain Main Contactor failed to open error (Feedback Off
nosort Alarm present)
20 FB1PulseTi real retain Actual Time for 1 FB1 pulse in seconds (e.g. speed
me nosort switch)
21 FirstOrMaxA string[3 retain '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
ETag 2] nosort Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor,
Group or Valve
22 FirstOrMaxA dint retain 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or
EIndTr nosort Event causing an action accroding to Minerals
Library Alarm Indication Standards
23 LastReset date_an coldretain Last Reset of Runtime and StartCnt in System Time
d_time
24 LastTripTxt string[4 retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
0]
25 LastTrip date_an retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
d_time

PanelLinkConsumer; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Status dint retain nosort Object Status Indication (Ready, Run, NotRFS etc.)
hidden

2 StatusModes dint retain nosort Object Modes Indication (Seq, Cen, Loc etc.)
hidden
3 Cmd dint retain nosort 99 Commands from Panel to Consumers
hidden
4 CmdModes dint retain nosort 99 Mode Commands from Panel to Consumers
hidden
5 Blink bool retain nosort Enabling of Consumer Blinking
hidden

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Ready_Off 0 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Ready_Run 3 2 Central Mode 1
3 NotRFS_Off 6 3 Local Mode 2
4 NotRFS_Run 7 4 Auto Mode 3
5 Fault_Off 9 5 AutoCen Mode 4
6 Fault_Run 10 6 Out Of Service 9
7 FaultNotRFS_Off 12
8 FaultNotRFS_Run 13

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Start 0 1 SetCen 0
2 Stop 2 2 SetSeq 1
3 AlarmAck 7 3 SetLoc 2
4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4

3.2.4 Project Constants

Name Data Type Default Value
1 cBMI.MOT.Contactor_al_txt 'Contactor Fault' string
2 cBMI.MOT.DisabledIntMaxIndTr 13 dint
cBMI.MOT.DisableFPLLocIfLCBIsPOCMast true bool
3 er
4 cBMI.MOT.DisableIAPDInLoc true bool
5 cBMI.MOT.DisableIBInLoc true bool
6 cBMI.MOT.DisableIBInMaint true bool
7 cBMI.MOT.DisableICInMaint false bool
8 cBMI.MOT.EnALFieldMode true bool
9 cBMI.MOT.EnAuto false bool
10 cBMI.MOT.EnCen true bool
11 cBMI.MOT.EnFBFieldMode true bool
12 cBMI.MOT.EnFdBckFrcAlr true bool
13 cBMI.MOT.EnFPLStopInAllModes true bool
14 cBMI.MOT.EnLoc true bool
15 cBMI.MOT.EnMaint true bool
16 cBMI.MOT.EnMaintInCenSeq false bool
17 cBMI.MOT.EnMaintOnlyIfStopped false bool
18 cBMI.MOT.EnSeq true bool
19 cBMI.MOT.FB_Flow_txt 'Flow' string
20 cBMI.MOT.FB_Press_txt 'Press' string
21 cBMI.MOT.FB_Speed_txt 'Speed' string
22 cBMI.MOT.FieldStopIfNotRemOrLoc true bool
23 cBMI.MOT.IOS4StopMotor True bool
24 cBMI.MOT.IOS_txt 'I/O Error' string
25 cBMI.MOT.KeepMaintInCenSeq false bool
26 cBMI.MOT.LocalStop_txt 'Local Stop' string
27 cBMI.MOT.M1_Inverted false bool
28 cBMI.MOT.M1_txt 'Not Available' string
29 cBMI.MOT.M1_txt2 'Overtemp' string

Name Data Type Default Value

30 cBMI.MOT.M2_Inverted false bool
31 cBMI.MOT.M2_txt 'Overload' string
32 cBMI.MOT.M2_txt2 'Overload' string
33 cBMI.MOT.M3_Inverted false bool
34 cBMI.MOT.M3_txt 'Overtemp.' string
35 cBMI.MOT.M3_txt2 'Not Available' string
36 cBMI.MOT.ME_txt 'Ctrl Voltage Trip' string
37 cBMI.MOT.ModeTr true bool
38 cBMI.MOT.Monitor_al_txt 'Monitor alarm' string
39 cBMI.MOT.RunLoctxt 'Run Local' string
40 cBMI.MOT.Runtxt 'Run' string
41 cBMI.MOT.StatusTr true bool
42 cBMI.MOT.Stoptxt 'Stopped' string
43 cBMI.MOT.StwCen true bool
44 cBMI.MOT.StwField false bool
45 cBMI.MOT.Warning_txt 'Summary Warning' string

3.3 OPERATION

3.3.1 Graphic Elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
MOT1
information as symbol.
MOT1Symbol Object status information as symbol.

MOT1FBTxt Object feedback information as text.

MOT1IntTxt Object interlock information as text.

MOT1StaTxt Object status information as text.
MOT1MCandUnit Displays the actual motor current.
StartCnt Displays object start counter value.
RunTimeCnt Displays object run time.

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

3.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on MOT1 Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on MOT1 Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description

Start MOT1 Acknowledge alarm

Change control point to sequence:

The object is controlled automatically
Stop MOT1 from the application program in the
controller
Change control point to central:
Set mode to Auto The object is controlled manually
from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change control point to local
The object is controlled locally in the field
Set mode to Manual via a local panel with push buttons.
Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local.

3.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point

Motor Status Start warning

Warning and
Alarm Actual Current
Indication in Percentage of
Nominal

Extended Info Actual Current

Value

Extended View
for detailed
information and
settings

3.3.2.1.1 Extended Info

More information to parent object (Trends, Alarm/Event Lists) and direct links to
Consumer Webinterfaces or Object Overlap Displays are available in the Extended Info
Area.

Icon Description
Show parent objects alarm list.

Show parent objects event list.

Show parent objects trend display

Show parent objects faceplate

Icon Description
Show Overlap Graphic Display

Show Device Extended Status

Open Device Web Page

3.3.2.2 Extended View

If a “current” analog input signal is connected to the Parameter MC, the actual Nominal
current rate appears in the Faceplate.
Additional information for the MOT1 is structured in tabs. The available tabs and a
short description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
Interlock Interlock indication and interlock blocking
PCC Interlock PCC interlock indication
Alarm Alarm indication and alarm blocking
Trend Actual current value online trend
Group Corresponding Drive Group issues
Maintenance Maintenance issues

3.3.2.2.1 Warning / Alarm / Interlock Indication on BaseControl

There are 3 alarm/interlock lines available on the faceplates default view.
Line 1: Alarm Indication, only visible when alarm is active and not blocked. If more than
one alarm is active only one is visible, highest priority first.
Line 2: Interlock indication, only visible when an interlock is active and not blocked. If
more than one interlock is active only one is shown, highest priority first.
Line 3: PCC Interlock, only visible when a PCC Interlock is active. If more than one PCC
interlock is active only one is shown, highest priority first. In addition, a link to PCC
interlock triggering object is presented.

3.3.2.2.2 Interlocks

Blocked Interlock

Active Interlock

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

Type of interlock Description
IC Safety interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Active in all POC / modes. from starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB1 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB2 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB3 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on
Functions as start interlock when the
parameter IBF=1.
IB4 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on
Functions as start interlock when the
parameter IBF=1.
IA Auto or Chain interlock Not included in Group ReadyForStart
signal.

If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central

Auto Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
This can be used to start and stop an
object by process once the group or
operator has put it to Auto.

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the
motor must be started from Seq or Cen
again.

PD Chain interlock, previous drive Not included in Group ReadyForStart

signal.

Stops the motor and prevents the motor

from starting as long as the interlock is on.

Description
B Indication that the corresponding interlock has been blocked / Overridden. Yellow
means that the interlock is blocked (disabled). When it is activated a yellow `B` is
indicated next to the graphic element and on the Base Control.

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol.

3.3.2.2.3 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB alarms below.
Direct Motor incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. overtemp
Ø M2 MCC supervision e.g. overload
Ø M3 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø RUN Main Contactor on/off. Supervision for both directions. One delay
timer.
Ø FB1 Supervision of "functional backsignal" e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer. Pulsed feedback supported as well with actual
Period time shown on the Faceplate.
Ø FB2 Supervision of "functional backsignal" e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer
NB : FB1 and FB2 are overridden in Local Mode on LcbStart
Additionally Direct Motor incorporates the following 2 Warnings (do not trip the motor):
· HighCurrent : Supervision of motor current. Shown on Faceplate and in Alarm
List only while Motor is running.
· General Warning : User Defined Warning. Only shown as Warning on Faceplate,
no Alarm is generated
Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1/M2/M3, but signal input level can be changed
to 0 for normal status by project constants.
In total, 3 AlarmCond Blocks are used:
· one for M1, M2, M3, LCB, RUN, FB1 and FB2 not going in (Contactor On/Trip
Alarm)
· one for RUN, FB1 and FB2 not going Off (Contactor Off/Frc Alarm)
· one for High Current alarm

First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.
All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Active Alarm

Reference Table, Alarms

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false”, the alarm is active.

F All alarms are shown on MOT1 graphic Element directly and on the MOT1Tag.

3.3.2.2.4 Trend
On-Line trend with actual current Rate

Switch between actual current and actual

current in percentage of nominal.

Show / Hide Grid

Record Time Zoom out (Y-Axis)

Moving over the trend area a curser will appear, showing traces’ value and record time

3.3.2.2.5 Group This motor will be the started as

number 40 in the Drive Group with a
delay of 5 seconds and only if pre-
selection P1 or P3 is selected

This motor will be stopped with stop step

40 in the Drive Group with a delay of 1
minute and 30 seconds

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Step Description Delay Preselection
Start Sequential start order of the Start delay of Preselection Condition
motor within the Drive Group the motor e.g P2 & P1 | P3 & ! P1
(P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
Stop Sequential stop order of the Stop delay of n.a
motor within the Drive Group the motor
No of Max number of steps in the n.a. n.a.
Steps Drive Group

F When a motor is not a member of a Drive Group, the Start Step and Stop Step are “0”

3.3.2.2.6 Maintenance

Last Reset Time

F “Simulation” and “Allow Alarm during Simulation” Checkbox and Reset Counters
button are only accessible when you are logged on as a System Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

Description
Maintenance Mode Set the Drive to Maintenance Sub-Mode. This Checkbox is only
available if the Project is configured to allow Maintenance Mode
Last Trip Reason The Reason of the Last Trip contains the Alarm, Interlock or PCC Text
that was active at the time of the last Trip
Last Trip Date Date and Time the Motor has tripped last
Latest Pulse Time This Value is only visible if FB1 is configured
Number of Starts Number of starts of the motor
Run Time Time in hours that the motors has been running
Reset Counters Reset button, to reset Number of starts and Run Time
Last Reset Time Date and Time the Number of Starts and Run Time was last reset

3.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission

By the Property Attribute Override Aspect, the faceplate Write permissions (IntPar) can be
configured according the plants access and permission concept. This can be done in the
Control Structure or in the Object Type Structure.

3.3.4 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

3.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the MOT1 object the following message structure applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [STOP REASON] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]

[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in Forced condition

[STATUS] Description
Run Motor is running
Off Motor is stopped

[STOP REASON] Description

QSP Stopped from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Stopped from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqStop
CSP Stopped from the faceplate
FSP Stopped from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Stopped from process panel. Command from panel
IOS Stopped due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Stopped due to ME alarm
SQX Stopeed due to Sequence Interlock from the Group
IC Stopped due to IC interlock
IB1 Stopped due to IB1 interlock
IB2 Stopped due to IB2 interlock
IB3 Stopped due to IB3 interlock
IB4 Stopped due to IB4 interlock
IA Stopped due to IA interlock
PD Stopped due to Previous Drive

[BLOCK LIST] Description

- No blockings active
IB1 IB1 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB2 IB2 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB3 IB3 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 53
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

[BLOCK LIST] Description

IB4 IB4 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IA IA interlock is blocked in the faceplate
FB1 Feedback fault 1 is blocked in the faceplate
FB2 Feedback fault 2 is blocked in the faceplate
PD Previous Drive is blocked in the faceplate

3.3.4.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message depends on the Alarm text
only, defined in the control module parameters. For MOT1 the following messages are
available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
M2 M2Txt
M3 M3Txt
Local Stop LcbStopTxt
Contactor Fault FdBckTxt
Feedback 1 Fault FB1Txt
Feedback 2 Fault FB2Txt

These text parameters can be changed in the motor control module from Control Builder.
In case NLS is not used for Alarm and Event Messages (Project Constant
cBMI.AE.AE_NLS_Used is set to False), a suffix to FdBckTxt as well as FB1Txt and
FB2Txt will be added that gives the reason for the Alarm.
Suffix Text Constant Reason
On cBMI.AE.FBFail_On_SuffixTxt FB not true after FBTime
Trip cBMI.AE.FBFail_Trip_SuffixTxt FB goes false while running
Off cBMI.AE.FBFail_Off_SuffixTxt FB not false after FBTime
Frc cBMI.AE.FBFail_Frc_SuffixTxt FB goes true while stopped

4. MOT1_VVVF

4.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type MOT1_VVVF is used to control a motor with one direction
and variable speed in a drive group or standalone.
In addition to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for MOT1_VWF:
· Motor current indication and high limit warning supervision
· User definable Warning indication
· Motor speed indication
· Actual Speed and Speed setpoint will generate error control when quality is Bad or
Uncertain.
· Speed setpoint coming from the corresponding drive group or application (Automatic) or
from the Operator Station or from the Process Panel (Manual)
· Speed set point low and high limitation, Speed Deviation Alarm, coming from the
corresponding drive group or application or from the Operator Station
· 3 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Overtemp, Overload & Availability
· 2 functional back process inputs with feedback time supervision for e.g. speed,
pressure or flow supervision. Pulsed feedback supported as well with actual Period
time shown on the Faceplate.
· 1 feedback run signal
· 1 Safety interlock, 1 Chain Auto Interlock, 4 Process interlocks, 1 Previous drive
· 2 of the in total 4 Process (run) interlocks, can be configured as start permissives
· Totalisation and indication of run time (in hours) and number of starts
· Supervision of the Actual Speed feedback during Start and Stop as configurable
condition for alarming and feedback to the drive group

4.2 CONTROL

4.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

The default view is shown, it’s possible to modify the visible ports in CBM.

4.2.2 Parameter description

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
1 Name string[24] 'Name' yes in INIT: Tag name of the motor (allowed
deliminators are "." and "-", no blanks ":" or ";"
allowed)
2 Description string[40] 'Description' yes in IN: Description text of the motor

3 IO MOT1VVVF default yes in_out IN/OUT: MOT1VVVFData Variable

Data
4 Stw STWData default yes in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module STW
left (startwarning)
5 Group GrpDrvCon default yes in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module GROUP
left (sequence)
6 GrpStartStep dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Start step no 1..999, if set to 0 -> not part of
0 group sequence
7 GrpStopStep dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999, if set to 0 -> not
0 part of group sequence
8 GrpStartDelay time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay when started from group
sequence
9 GrpStopDelay time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Stop delay when stopped from group
sequence

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

10 PreSelection string[50] cBMI.Empty yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
11 SPIntPar SpeedParam default no in_out IN/OUT: Interaction Parameter for Speed
IntAct settings on Faceplate
12 ExternalSPIntP bool false no in IN: External Speed Setpoint and Limit (e.g. from
ar DriveGroup) connected to SPIntPar Parameter
13 SpeedSp RealIO yes out IN/OUT: Output for Speed Setpoint connected to
VVVF drive, use an AOX but not an AOS on this
output
14 ExternalSPLim bool false no in IN: if true, SetpH, SetpL are controlled from the
its application, if false from FPL
15 SetpH real 100 no in COLD INIT: initial Setpoint high limit

16 SetpL real 0 no in COLD INIT: initial Setpoint low limit

17 ExternalStartS bool true no in IN: if true, StartSpeedSP is controlled from the

peedSP application, if false from FPL
18 StartSpeedSP real 0 no in COLD INIT: initial Start Speed Setpoint

19 ActualSpeed RealIO yes in_out IN/OUT: Input for Actual Speed connected to the
left VVVF drive
20 RFSonSigErr bool false no in IN False: If true, the drive remains Ready for
Start even if SpeedSp Signal Error is active
21 IOStatus1 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
22 IOStatus2 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
23 IOStatus3 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
24 IOStatus4 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board / Serial
0 Interface
25 ME bool true yes in_out IN true: Main control voltage distribution OK
left
26 M1 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 1, default
"Overtemp"
27 M2 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 2, default
"Overload"
28 M3 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 3, default
"Availability"
29 FdBckRun bool yes in_out IN: Run feedback signal, default "Contactor On".
left If no IO signal is available use
MOT1VVVFData.Out.Ord
30 FdBckTime time cBMI.Time2s no in IN: Maximum delay time for contactor on / off
response.
31 FB1 bool true yes in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 1 from process
left e.g. speed switch
32 FB1Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB1,
_str for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
33 FB1Mode dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0 = continous signal; > 0 pulse frequency in
0 0.1s; -1 = cont. signal with FB Opn Alarm
enabled
34 FB2 bool true yes in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 2 from process
left e.g. pressure switch
35 FB2Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB2,
_str for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
36 FB2Mode dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0 = continous signal; -1 = cont. signal with FB
0 Opn Alarm enabled
37 FBTime time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB1/2 response
s
38 FB3Mode dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Enable FB3, 0=None, 1=FB3Run, 2=FB3Off,
VVVF.FB3M 16=FB3Off_EnTrip, binary combination allowed
ode
39 ExternalFB3Ru dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=by FPL, 1=by
nLimit VVVF.Extern Application
alFB3RunLi
mit

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

40 FB3RunSpeed real 0.0 no in IN: Min Speed value as part of Run condition to
Lim Step On fullfilled
41 FB3RunSpeed time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLim
Time s
42 FB3RunSpeed real 1.0 no in IN: Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
Hyst IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond
43 ExternalFB3Of dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=by FPL, 1=by
fLimit VVVF.Extern Application
alFB3OffLimi
t
44 FB3OffSpeedL real 100.0 no in IN: Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to
im Step Off fullfilled
45 FB3OffSpeedT time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLim
ime s
46 FB3Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for FB3, for NLS support use
_str ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
47 LcbStart bool false yes in_out IN pulse: Local start signal (pulse) from field
left LCB. Function depending on LCB Type, default
Start = false -> true transition
48 LcbStop bool true yes in_out IN true: Local stop signal (stop, not remote..)
left from field LCB. Function depending on LCB
Type, default Stop = false
49 LcbRem bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
MOT1_VVVF_LCB
50 LcbLoc bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Loc depending on config in
MOT1_VVVF_LCB
51 LcbMaint bool false yes in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
left user defined config in MOT1_VVVF_LCB
52 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
0 LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig,
53 LcbSpeedInc bool false yes in_out IN false: Increase speed signal from field LCB
left
54 LcbSpeedDec bool false yes in_out IN false: Decrease speed signal from field LCB
left
55 LcbSpeed real 1 no in IN 1: Change rate for Speed Setpoint by LCB
increase/decrease engineering unit / Normal task
time
56 MC RealIO default yes in_out IN: Motor current or motor power
left
57 MCNominal real 0 no in INIT: Nominal (rated) current or power of the
motor
58 Ord bool false yes out OUT: Start Order. Output to contactor.

59 LocAlarmAck bool false no out OUT: Alarm reset pulse (e.g. to reset alarms in
SCP's)
60 PrevDrive bool true yes in IN true: Chain interlock "previous drive running"

61 PrevDriveTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Descrption text for chain interlock with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
62 IATxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IA,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
63 IBF bool false no in IN: IB Function. If true, IB3 and IB4 works as
start interlock
64 IB1Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB1, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
65 IB2Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB2, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
66 IB3Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB3, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
67 IB4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB4, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 58
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

68 ICTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal IC,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
69 StwCen bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
VVVF.StwCe triggered, when started from Central/Sequence
n
70 StwField bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
VVVF.StwFi triggered, when started from field (from LCB)
eld
71 AutoMode dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in INIT: 1 = Disable IA in Man Mode if EnAuto, 8 =
VVVF.AutoM Wait for next Trigger for Startup in Auto mode
ode
72 EnAuto bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN false: Mode Auto enable, if true Auto mode is
VVVF.EnAut activated on sequence start
o
73 EnSeq bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
VVVF.EnSeq
74 EnCen bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: Point of control Central enable
VVVF.EnCe
n
75 EnLoc bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Point of control Local enable
VVVF.EnLoc
76 EnMaint bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
VVVF.EnMai
nt
77 EnFPLStopInA bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: If false stop from faceplate only works in
llModes VVVF.EnFP POC Central
LStopInAllM
odes
78 EnSPExt bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN false: Mode external speed setpoint (e.g. from
VVVF.EnSP PID) enable
Ext
79 EnSPInt bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: Mode internal speed setpoint (from
VVVF.EnSPI faceplate) enable
nt
80 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
0 Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
81 Class dint 1 no in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
82 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Ala no in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rmTr (1=lowest)
83 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Inte no in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rlockTr (1=lowest)
84 DevTr dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in INIT: Alarm treatment for deviation: -1 no AE; 0 =
VVVF.DevTr Event ; 1,2,3 = ALPrio# (1=lowest)
85 ModeTr bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: True enables events on mode and point
VVVF.Mode of control change
Tr
86 StatusTr bool cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN true: True enables events on status (on/off)
VVVF.Status change
Tr
87 IOStatTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
VVVF.IOS_t (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
xt prefix and no space in the text
88 IOStat4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usally
_str used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix
89 METxt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
VVVF.ME_tx supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
t prefix and no space in the text
90 M1Txt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
VVVF.M1_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
91 M2Txt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for alarm M2, for NLS
VVVF.M2_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
92 M3Txt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for alarm M3, for NLS
VVVF.M3_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

93 LcbStopTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Stopped", for
VVVF.Local NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
Stop_txt in the text
94 FdBckTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for alarm "Main Contactor
VVVF.Conta Error", for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix
ctor_al_txt and no space in the text
95 MCTxt string[35] cBMI.Logtxt. no in IN: Description text for alarm "High Current", for
HighLoad NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
96 WarningTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Description text for warning (warning does
VVVF.Warni not stop the Motor), for NLS support use
ng_txt ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
97 MCHiLim real 100 no in IN: Motor current high limit in % of nominal
(rated) current
98 GrpRunOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true group does not go to HOLD in
e case the drive is stopped while group is running
99 GrpOffOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true the group does assume the drive
e is OFF even if it is running
100 GrpTripOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, a trip will not initiate an auto
e change over of the preselections
101 GrpFB3OffSte dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Go to next stop step: 0=wait till ActSpeed
pOverride 0 =<FB3OffSpeedLim, 1=wait till FB3Off cond ok
or Warn/Trip, 2=Ignore OffSpeed and continue
102 AlarmAck bool false no in IN pulse: Alarm acknowledge

103 TrackMan bool true no in IN: true: Internal setpoint tracks the external
speed setpoint in case the drive is in SPExt
mode

4.2.3 Data Type description

Together with the MOT1_VVVF Control Module Type a Structured Data Type
MOT1VVVFData is available. This makes it possible to create one Global Variable in the
application for each motor instance.
MOT1VVVFData contains the four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel

MOT1VVVFData; components
Name Data Type Attribute Initial Description
s Value
1 In MOT1VVVFInput retain Input variables to the motor
2 Out MOT1VVVFOutput retain Output variables from the motor
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus,
PriorityCommand/Interlock from Input
modules to VVVF
4 ProcessPanel PanelLinkConsAndSP retain Interface from / to Process Panel

MOT1VVVFInput; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 PreSel bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected, connected to
PreBinData.PreSel in case parameterized
PreSelection is not used.
2 PreSelStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby, only
used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to reduce IndTr to
Warning
3 EnSeqStart bool retain true IN true: a group start step will not activate the motor
till this signal is true
4 EnSeqStop bool retain true IN true: a group stop step will not stop the motor till
this signal is true
5 SeqStart bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external start command
6 SeqStop bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external stop Command
7 SetSeq bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Seq
8 SetCen bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Cen
9 SetLoc bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Loc
10 IC bool retain true IN true: Safety interlock signal, active in all operation
modes.
11 IB1 bool retain true IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode
12 IB2 bool retain true IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode
13 IB3 bool retain true IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode. Works as start intlk if IBF=1
14 IB4 bool retain true IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode.
Works as start interlock if IBF =1
15 IA bool retain true IN true: Auto and chain interlock signal. Not included
in RFS signal. If true drive restarts in auto mode.
16 SetSpInt bool retain hidden IN pulse: Set operation mode to Internal setpoint
output reference from FPL
17 SetSpExt bool retain hidden IN pulse: Set operation mode to external setpoint
output reference from e.g. PID loop
18 ExtSpeedRef real retain 0.0 IN: EXTernal Speed REFerence for the drive when
e.g. controlled by a PID loop.
19 Warning bool retain false IN false: External Warning for the motor control,
creates a warning if true, no stop of the motor

MOT1VVVFOutput; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Auto bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in Auto mode.
2 Seq bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in sequence
operation mode.
3 Cen bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in central operation
mode.
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 61
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
4 Loc bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in local operation
mode.
5 Maint bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance
mode.
6 OutOfSrv bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the dirve is Out Of Service
7 Trip bool retain nosort TRIPped indication, can be used to start a redundant
drive, activated by FdBckRun, M1, M2, M3, M4, FB1,
FB2, FB3(if configured for Trip)
8 Rfs bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Ready For Start.
9 NoInt bool retain nosort No INTerlocks. The drive is ready for start and no IA
interlock.
10 Run bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running. condition
displayvalue is: Ord, FdBckRun, FB1, FB2, FB3(if configured for
RunLimit)
11 Ord bool retain nosort Output Start Order 1 (also enabled when simulation
mode is on)
12 StartCnt dint coldretain nosort Accumulated no of starts
13 RuntimeCnt real coldretain nosort Accumulated run time of motor
14 SetpointSpe real retain nosort Setpoint Speed connected to VVVF drive
ed
15 SpExt bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the VVVF is controlled by an
external speed reference
16 Deviation real retain nosort Actual Speed Deviation in %
17 DevH bool retain nosort Actual Deviation > High alarm limit
18 DevL bool retain nosort Actual Deviation < Low alarm limit
19 ALNumber dint retain nosort Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2 etc.)
20 ALPending bool retain nosort Indication of Pending Alarm
21 ALUnack bool retain nosort Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
22 FieldStartRel bool retain nosort Field Start Release is true in case of LOC is selected
ease and startconditions for the mode are o.k.
23 ForcedRun bool retain nosort Indicating forced run, motor started by e.g. hardwired
LCB
24 FdBckOffErr bool retain nosort Main Contactor failed to open error (Feedback Off
Alarm present)
25 FB1PulseTi real retain nosort Actual Time for 1 FB1 pulse in seconds (e.g. speed
me switch)
26 SigErr bool retain nosort Signal Error summing SpeedSetpoint and
ActualSpeed Sig Error Status
27 FirstOrMaxA string[32] retain nosort '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
ETag Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor,
Group or Valve
28 FirstOrMaxA dint retain nosort 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or
EIndTr Event causing an action accroding to Minerals
Library Alarm Indication Standards
29 LastReset date_an coldretain Last Reset of Runtime and StartCnt in System Time
d_time
30 DrvRunSpee bool retain nosort Drive run above FB3RunSpeedLim after start and
dCond can reset bellow hysteresis or stop drive
31 DrvOffSpeed bool retain nosort Drive stopped and actual speed is bellow
Cond FB3OffSpeedLimit
32 DrvOffSpeed bool retain nosort Drive FB3 OFF Trip supervision active
Trip
33 DrvRunOnS bool retain nosort Drive reach speed setpoint once after start, reset
peedSP within stop
34 FastRamp bool retain nosort 0 Fast Ramp stopping bit, Updated by PCC Intlk, Used
for VVVF Drive
35 LastTripTxt string[40] retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
36 LastTrip date_an retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
d_time

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
in SPInt Mode
5 IncDecStepX real coldretain nosort 1.0 Stepsize for Increase and Decrease commands for
X
6 AutoIncDecS bool coldretain nosort true enable automatic Calculation of IncDecStep from
tepX Signal Range for X
7 IncDecStepY real coldretain nosort 1.0 Stepsize for Increase and Decrease commands for
Y
8 AutoIncDecS bool coldretain nosort true enable automatic Calculation of IncDecStep from
tepY Signal Range for Y
9 MaxChangeI real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in positive direction
ncX (only used in Graphics)
10 MaxChange real coldretain nosort -100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in negative direction
DecX (only used in Graphics)
11 EnableChan bool coldretain nosort false Enable MaxChangeInc / Dec Limits in DEW (only
geCtrlX used in Graphics)
12 MaxChangeI real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in positive direction
ncY (only used in Graphics)
13 MaxChange real coldretain nosort -100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in negative direction
DecY (only used in Graphics)
14 EnableChan bool coldretain nosort false Enable MaxChangeInc / Dec Limits in DEW (only
geCtrlY used in Graphics)
15 SetpXH real coldretain nosort 100.0 High limit for speed setpointX
16 SetpXL real coldretain nosort 0.0 Low limit for speed setpointX
17 SetpYH real coldretain nosort 100.0 High limit for speed setpointY
18 SetpYL real coldretain nosort 0.0 Low limit for speed setpointY
19 SetpSpeedX real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change Speed of SetpointX in %/s
20 SetpSpeedY real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change Speed of SetpointY in %/s
21 StartSpeedS real coldretain nosort 0.0 Speed SetpointX when starting the Drive
PX
22 StartSpeedS real coldretain nosort 0.0 Speed SetpointY when starting the Drive
PY
23 UseLastSpe bool coldretain nosort false Overwrite StartSpeedSPX with current Setpoint
edAsStartSp
eedX
24 UseLastSpe bool coldretain nosort false Overwrite StartSpeedSPY with current Setpoint
edAsStartSp
eedY
25 SetpointX real retain nosort 0 Man setpointX, reference value when in man
26 SetpointY real retain nosort 0 Man setpointY, reference value when in man
27 DevHLim real coldretain nosort 100.0 Limit for Deviation high alarm in %
28 DevLLim real coldretain nosort -100.0 Limit for Deviation low alarm in %
29 DevHyst real coldretain nosort 1.0 Deviation hysteresis in %
30 DevAlarmDel time coldretain nosort 10s Time delay for the speed deviation supervision
ay
31 FB3RunSpe real coldretain 0 Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step
edLimX On fullfilled for DirX
32 FB3RunSpe time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimX
edTimeX
33 FB3RunSpe real coldretain 0 Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step
edLimY On fullfilled for DirY
34 FB3RunSpe time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimY
edTimeY
35 FB3RunSpe real coldretain 1.0 Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
edHyst IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond, same param for X and Y
36 FB3OffSpee real coldretain 100.0 Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step Off
dLimX fullfilled for DirX
37 FB3OffSpee time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimX
dTimeX
38 FB3OffSpee real coldretain 100.0 Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step On
dLimY fullfilled for DirY
39 FB3OffSpee time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimY
dTimeY

PanelLinkConsAndSP; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Status dint retain nosort hidden Object Status Indication (Ready, Run, NotRFS etc.)

2 StatusModes dint retain nosort hidden Object Modes Indication (Seq, Cen, Loc etc.)
3 Cmd dint retain nosort hidden 99 Commands from Panel to Consumers
4 CmdModes dint retain nosort hidden 99 Mode Commands from Panel to Consumers
5 Blink bool retain nosort hidden Enabling of Consumer Blinking
6 Setpoint real retain nosort hidden Setpoint from Process Panel to Consumers
7 MeasValue real retain nosort hidden Measured Value from Consumer to Process Panel
8 EnSPField bool retain nosort hidden Enabling of Setpoint Input Field

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Ready_Off 0 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Ready_Run 3 2 Central Mode 1
3 NotRFS_Off 6 3 Local Mode 2
4 NotRFS_Run 7 4 Auto Mode 3
5 Fault_Off 9 5 AutoCen Mode 4
6 Fault_Run 10 6 External Mode 5
7 FaultNotRFS_Off 12 7 ExternalCen Mode 6
8 FaultNotRFS_Run 13 8 ExtCen Mode 7
9 AutoSPExt Mode 8
10 Out Of Service 9

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Start 0 1 SetCen 0
2 Stop 2 2 SetSeq 1
3 AlarmAck 7 3 SetLoc 2
4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4
6 SetExt 5
7 SetInt 6

4.2.4 Project Constants

Name Data Type Default Value
1 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Contactor_al_txt 'Contactor Fault' string
2 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DevTr 2 dint
3 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisabledIntMaxIndTr 13 dint
4 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableFPLLocIfLCBIsPOCMaster true bool
5 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableIAPDInLoc true bool
6 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableIBInLoc true bool
7 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableIBInMaint true bool
8 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableICInMaint false bool
9 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnALFieldMode true bool
10 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnAuto false bool
11 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnCen true bool
12 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnFBFieldMode true bool
13 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnFdBckFrcAlr true bool
14 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnFPLStopInAllModes true bool
15 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnLoc true bool
16 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnMaint true bool
17 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnMaintInCenSeq false bool
18 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnMaintOnlyIfStopped false bool
19 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnSeq true bool
20 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnSPExt false bool
21 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnSPInt true bool
22 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB_Flow_txt 'Flow' string
23 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB_Press_txt 'Press' string
24 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB_Speed_txt 'Speed' string
25 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FieldStopIfNotRemOrLoc true bool
26 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.IOS4StopMotor True bool
27 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.IOS_txt 'I/O Error' string
28 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.KeepMaintInCenSeq false bool
29 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.LocalStop_txt 'Local Stop' string
30 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M1_Inverted false bool
31 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M1_txt 'Overtemp' string
32 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M2_Inverted false bool
33 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M2_txt 'Overload' string
34 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M3_Inverted false bool
35 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M3_txt 'Not Available' string
36 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.ME_txt 'Ctrl Voltage Trip' string
37 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.ModeTr true bool
38 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Monitor_al_txt 'Monitor alarm' string
39 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.RunLoctxt 'Run Local' string
40 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Runtxt 'Run' string
41 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.StatusTr true bool
42 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Stoptxt 'Stopped' string
43 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.StwCen true bool
44 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.StwField false bool
cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Warning_txt 'Summary string
45 Warning'
46 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB3Mode 0 dint
47 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.ExternalFB3RunLimit 0 dint
48 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.ExternalFB3OffLimit 0 dint
cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB3Txt Speed string
49 Supervision

4.3 OPERATION

4.3.1 Graphic Elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
MOT1_VVVF
information as symbol.

Displays object control information. Allows

MOT1_VVVFCtrl
direct entry of set-point..

MOT1_VVVFSymbol Object status information as symbol.

MOT1_VVVFFBTxt Object feedback information as text.

MOT1_VVVFIntTxt Object interlock information as text.

MOT1_VVVFStaTxt Object status information as text.
MOT1_VVVFMCandUnit Displays the actual motor current.
StartCnt Displays object start counter value.
RunTimeCnt Displays object run time.

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

4.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on MOT1_VVVF Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on MOT1_VVVF Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description
Change control point to sequence:
The object is controlled automatically
Start MOT1_VVVF from the application program in the
controller
Change control point to central:
Stop MOT1_VVVF The object is controlled manually
from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change control point to local
Change Operation Mode to The object is controlled locally in the field
SPExt: External set point written via a local panel with push buttons.
from the application. Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local
Change Operation Mode to
SPInt: Set point entered from the Set mode to Auto
faceplate.

Acknowledge alarm Set mode to Manual

4.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point

Motor Status

Actual Speed
Warning and Speed feedback
Alarm indication
Indication

Speed Set point

indication

Actual Current
in Percentage of
Nominal

Actual Current
Value
Extended Info

First Extended Second

View Extended View
for detailed for detailed
information setting

If a “current” analog input signal is connected to the Parameter MC the actual Nominal
current rate appears in the Faceplate (Default and Extended View).
For description of Extended Info see chapter: Extended Info, MOT1

4.3.2.2 First Extended View

Additional information for the MOT1_VVVF is structured in tabs. The available tabs and
a short description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
Interlock Interlock indication and interlock blocking
PCC Interlock PCC interlock indication
Alarm Alarm indication and alarm blocking
Trend Actual current, speed and speed setpoint value online trend
Group Corresponding Drive Group issues
Maintenance Maintenance issues

4.3.2.2.1 Interlocks

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

Type of interlock Description
IC Safety interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Active in all modes. from starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB1 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in control mode Local from starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB2 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB3 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on
Functions as start interlock when the
parameter IBF=1.
IB4 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor
Not active in POC Local from starting as long as the interlock is on
Functions as start interlock when the
parameter IBF=1.
IA Auto and Chain interlock Not included in Group ReadyForStart
Only active in the POC Sequence and signal.
Auto
If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central
Auto Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
This can be used to start and stop an
object by process signals or application
logic.

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the
motor must be started from Seq or Cen
again.

Type of interlock Description

PD Chain interlock, previous drive Not included in Group ReadyForStart

signal.

Stops the motor and prevents the motor

from starting as long as the interlock is on.

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol.

4.3.2.2.2 PCC Interlocks

Reference Table, PCC Interlocks

Type of interlock
IC Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
IB Same functionality like IB1 as described on Interlock chapter.
IA Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
PD Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.

For possible configuration setting for Interlock Type and Interlock Direction refer to PCC, Interlock
Bus (Process Control Connection) at Basic Object Reference Manual.

4.3.2.2.3 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB alarms below.
Direct Motor incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. overtemp
Ø M2 MCC supervision e.g. overload
Ø M3 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø RUN Main Contactor on/off. Supervision for both directions. One delay
timer.
Ø FB1 Supervision of "functional backsignal" e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer. Pulsed feedback supported as well with actual
Period time shwon on the Faceplate.
Ø FB2 Supervision of "functional backsignal" e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer
Ø FB3 Supervision the speed after Start up, operation or after Stop.
NB : FB1, FB2 and FB3 are overridden in Local Mode on LcbStart
Additionally Direct Motor incorporates the following Warnings (do not trip the motor):
· HighCurrent : Supervision of motor current. Can be indicated simultaneously with
one on the alarms/faults above.
· Deviation High / Low : Supervision of the Difference between the Actual Speed
and Set Point
· General Warning : User Defined Warning

Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1/M2/M3 signal input level can be changed to 0
for normal status by project constants.
In total, 4 AlarmCond Blocks are used:
· one for M1, M2, M3, LCB and RUN, FB1, FB2 and FB3 not going in (Contactor On
Alarm)
· one for RUN, FB1 and FB2 not going Off (Contactor Off Alarm)
· one for High Current Alarm
· one for the Deviation Alarm

First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.
All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Reference Table, Alarms

Type of alarm Description
IOS Input/Output error Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this
specific motor (no alarm generated)
ME Main control voltage Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no
alarm generated). Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB
alarms below
M1 MCC interface signal 1 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is "Overtemp” starting as long as the alarm is on.
M2 MCC interface signal 2 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is "Overload” starting as long as the alarm is on.
M3 MCC interface signal 3 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is "Availability” starting as long as the alarm is on.
LCB Local Stop A local stop from the local control box was
performed by the operator due to an emergency
in the plant. Local stop can always be done
independent from the POC. The motor will always
turn to manual mode.
FB Feedback motor running The motor is not started within the pre-defined
feedback time. The feedback time is a parameter
that can be tuned via the Parameter List and is set
per default to 2s.
FB1 Functional Back signal 1 The FB1 signal is not coming within the pre-
e.g. Speed Switch defined feedback time. The feedback time is a
parameter that can be tuned via the Parameter
List and is set per default to 10s. It has a special
mode for pulsed speed switches when FB1Mode
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 73
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Type of alarm Description

is higher than 0.
FB2 Functional Back signal 2 Like FB1, but does not support pulses.
e.g. Pressure Switch
FB3 Functional Back signal 3 for Configurable as Alarm or warning to speed
Speed Supervision supervision at starting, running or stopping.
Refer to chapter Speed Supervision.

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false” the alarm is active.

F All alarms are shown on MOT1_VVVF graphic Element directly and on the
MOT1_VVVFTag.

4.3.2.2.4 Trend
On-Line trend with actual current, speed and speed setpoint

Zoom out (Y-Axis)

Record Time Show / Hide Grid

Switch between actual

current, speed and speed
setpoint and actual current in
percentage of nominal.

Moving over the trend area a curser will appear, showing traces’ value and record time

4.3.2.2.5 Group th
This motor will be the 4 object in the
Drive Group to be started, with a delay of
10 seconds, as no pre-selection is used
motor is always part of the group start

th
This motor will be the 4 object in the
Drive Group to be stopped, with a delay
of 10 seconds

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Step Description Delay Preselection
Start Sequential start order of Start delay of the Preselection Condition
the motor within the Drive motor e.g P2 & P1 | P3 & ! P1
Group (P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
Stop Sequential stop order of Stop delay of the n.a.
the motor within the Drive motor
Group
No of Max number of steps in the n.a. n.a.
Steps Drive Group

F When a motor is not a member of a Drive Group, the Start Step and Stop Step are “0”

4.3.2.2.6 Maintenance

Last Reset Time

F “Simulation” and “Allow Alarm during Simulation” Checkbox and Reset Counters
button are only accessible when you are logged on as a System Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

F Note that there is an additional Parameter in the Aspect System that defines the
Operators ability to change the Setpoint on a stopped MOT1_VVVF on “BMI
ModeControl”: Common.Setpoint.EnSPChngWhileStopped, which can be used in
addition to the Start Speed SP settings in the Maintenance Tab.

Parameter Drive Mode Default Setpoint Value if Drive not

“ExternalStart running
SpeedSP”
true any Parameter “StartSpeedSP”
Seq or Cen Start Speed SP in Faceplate
false
Loc 0.0 (or nearest SP limit if outside)

4.3.2.3 Second Extended View

Extra Additional information for the MOT2_VVVF is structured in tabs. The available
tabs and a short description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
SP Limits Setpoint limit settings
Dev Limits Deviation limit settings
FB3 Limits Actual Speed Supervision limit settings

4.3.2.3.1 SP Limits
Settings related to the Setpoint

Reference Table, Limits

Description
Setpoint H Speed set point high limit
Setpoint L Speed set point low limit
Setpoint Speed Rate of change Limitation for the Setpoint
Enable Auto Calc for Auto Calculation sets the Stepsize to a multiple of 10 times 1 or 5
Inc/Dec Step dependent on the Range of the Setpoint
Inc/Dec Step If “Enable Auto Calc for Inc/Dec Step” is not set, the Stepsize used for
the Inc/Dec Buttons and the Direct Entry Window can be set manually
Enable relative If set, the Max Increase / Decrease Values are enforced
Limits for Entry
Window
Max Increase The Direct Entry Window’s high limit is set to the current Value plus
the Value given here
Max Decrease The Direct Entry Window’s low limit is set to the current Value minus
the Value given here
Use last Speed as When this box is checked, the Start Speed SP tracks the Speed
Start Speed Setpoint if the Motor is running
Start Speed SP Initial Set Point when starting the Motor
FB3 Run Limit Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step On fullfilled
FB3 Run Delay Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLim
Hysteresis Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond,
FB3 Off Lim Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step Off fullfilled
FB3 OffDelay Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLim

F When the setpoint limits are changed from the faceplate, you must consider that these
values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a cold restart / reset is
performed and the coldretain files are not available for the corresponding controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding
MOT1_VVVF control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values
from the Faceplate.
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 79
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

4.3.2.3.2 Dev Limits

This Tab shows the Settings for the Deviation Alarm (MV – SP)

Reference Table, Limits

Description
Dev H Deviation high limit
Dev L Deviation low limit
Dev Hyst Deviation hysteresis
Dev Delay Deviation alarm time delay

F When the deviation limits are changed from the faceplate, you must take into
consideration that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a
cold restart / reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the
corresponding controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding
MOT1_VVVF control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values
from the Faceplate.

4.3.2.3.3 FB3 Limits

Reference Table, FB3 Limits

Description
FB3 Run Limit Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step On fullfilled
FB3 Run Delay Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLim
Hysteresis Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond,
FB3 Off Lim Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step Off fullfilled
FB3 OffDelay Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLim

F When the FB3 limits are changed from the faceplate, you must take into consideration
that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a cold restart /
reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the corresponding
controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding
MOT1_VVVF control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values
from the Faceplate.

4.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission

By the Property Attribute Override Aspect, the faceplate Write permissions (IntPar,
SPIntpar) can be configured according the plants access and permission concept. This
can be done in the Control Structure or in the Object Type Structure.

4.4 Definition of Speed Supervision (FB3)

The speed supervision (FB3) checks that a certain minimum Speed is reached after a
configurable time during starting, to keep a minimum speed during running and that a
certain maximum speed is reached after a configurable time during stopping of drive.
All Limits can be configured by Parameters on the Control Module or from the Operator
Station.

F MOT1_VVVF does not provide any information about the actual acceleration or
deceleration characteristics.

F The Speed curves need to be setup at the Drive control itself as per process
requirement, these settings are completely independent of parameters of
MOT1_VVVF

Stop command set.

IO.Out.Ord removed therefore
IO.Out.Run set to false (Previous
Drive Interlock applied)

off condition will be full filled for group.

Therefore group can continue to stop
next step.
This can be configure for 3 different
state by “GrpFB3OffStepOverride”
parameter.

Following bits are available on IO.Out bus and can be used in glue logic.
CM Data Type References, please, consult chapter Data Type Description.
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
DrvRunSpee bool retain nosort Drive run above FB3RunSpeedLim after start and
29 dCond can reset bellow hysteresis or stop drive
DrvOffSpeed bool retain nosort Drive stopped and actual speed is bellow
30 Cond FB3OffSpeedLimit
DrvOffSpeed bool retain nosort Drive FB3 OFF Trip supervision active
31 Trip
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 84
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
DrvRunOnS bool retain nosort Drive reach speed setpoint once after start, reset
32 peedSP within stop
FastRamp bool retain nosort 0 Fast Ramp stopping bit, Updated by PCC Intlk, Used
33 for VVVF Drive

4.4.1 Available Parameters

CM Parameter References, please, consult chapter Parameter Description.
No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
37 FB3Mode dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Enable FB3, 0=None, 1=FB3Run, 2=FB3Off,
VVVF.FB3M 16=FB3Off_EnTrip, binary combination allowed
ode
38 ExternalFB3Ru dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=by FPL, 1=by
nLimit VVVF.Extern Application
alFB3RunLi
mit
39 FB3RunSpeed real 0.0 no in IN: Min Speed value as part of Run condition to
Lim Step On fullfilled
40 FB3RunSpeed time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLim
Time s
41 FB3RunSpeed real 1.0 no in IN: Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
Hyst IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond
42 ExternalFB3Of dint cBMI.MOT1_ no in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=by FPL, 1=by
fLimit VVVF.Extern Application
alFB3OffLimi
t
43 FB3OffSpeedL real 100.0 no in IN: Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to
im Step Off fullfilled
44 FB3OffSpeedT time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLim
ime s
45 FB3Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for FB3, for NLS support use
_str ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
99 GrpFB3OffSte dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Go to next stop step: 0=wait till ActSpeed
pOverride 0 =<FB3OffSpeedLim, 1=FB3OffSpeedLim to be
ok/Warn/Trip, 2=Ignore OffSpeedLim and
continue
For general information about speed parameters in FPL, please, consult chapter Second
Extended View in this chapter.
Generally with FB3Mode the speed supervision function on object can have no function,
warning or trip at starting, operation and stop condition.
FB3Mode is defined as dint in parameter list and supports the following options:
Description
FB3Mode = 0 None
FB3Mode = 1 FB3Run, Speed supervision at starting or during operation
FB3Mode = 2 FB3Off, Speed supervision at stopping
FB3Mode = 16 FB3Off_EnTrip, enable tripping on speed supervision at stopping

F Binary combination is possible.

As an example by setting FB3Mode = 1+2 =3 following functionality is configured:

FB3Run, FB3Off

4.4.2 Run Speed Supervision

The drive should reach a certain value of speed in a certain time. To enable run
supervision, FB3Mode Parameter should be set to 1.

Following diagram is an example curve for a Drive that does not reach the configured
speed Limit in the configured Time.

4.4.2.1 Run Speed Supervision as Warning

If the configured minimum speed FB3RunSpeedLim is greater than the minimum Setpoint
SetpL, the FB3 Supervision is treated as Warning.
This supervision is only applicable during start-up of drive and actual speed must reach
the speed limit to release IO.Out.Run. If the Speed is not reached during the Supervision
Time (FB3RunTime), a warning “Speed Supervision On” is generated and will be active
until FB3RunLimit is reached.Configure FB3Run as warning:
Condition> “FB3Run” enabled and FB3RunSpeedLim > SetpL

4.4.2.2 Run Speed Supervision as Trip

If the configured minimum speed FB3RunSpeedLim is smaller than the minimum Setpoint
SetpL, the FB3 Supervision is treated as Warning.
This supervision is applicable during start-up and operation of drive and the actual speed
must reach the speed limit during the supervision time (FB3RunTime) to release
IO.Out.Run, otherwise a “Speed Supervision On” alarm is generated and the drive trips.
Once the drive reaches the speed limit after starting, the drive needs to keep the minimum
speed minus the hysteresis value, otherwise a “Speed Supervision Trip” is generated after
the supervision time (FB3RunTime) and the drive trips.
Condition: “FB3RunX” enabled and FB3RunSpeedLim ≤ SetpL

4.4.3 Off Speed Supervision

The off speed supervision checks that the drive speed is below a certain maximum Speed
limit after a configurable time during stopping of the drive.
To enable off speed supervision, FB3Mode must be configured as 2.
The drive group will, with configured speed off supervision, wait for the step condition
including the speed limit and continue with the next stop step only once the speed limit is
reached. This behaviour can be configured with Parameter GrpFB3OffStepOverride.
Following Options are available with GrpFB3OffStepOverride
Description
GrpFB3OffStepOverride = 0 Group will wait till Actual Speed ≤ FB3OffSpeedLim till condition
fulfilled or end up by group sequence time out.
GrpFB3OffStepOverride = 1 Group will wait till SpeedSupervisionOff fulfilled or generate
warning or trip then group will pass to next stop step.
GrpFB3OffStepOverride = 2 Group is not taking care for this supervision and continue as
normal.

4.4.3.1 Off Speed Supervision as Warning

This supervision is only applicable during stopping of the drive. If the Drives actual speed
always stays above the limit during the supervision time (FB3OffTime), a “Speed
Supervision Off” warning is generated.
The drive will stay ready for start with Speed Supervision.

4.4.3.1.1 Off Speed Supervision as Trip

If during stopping of the drive the actual speed is always above the limit during the speed
supervision time, the drive will trip with “Speed Supervision Off” alarm.
The drive will not be free for starting with active Speed Supervision Off trip.
Condition FB3Mode “FB3Off” and “En_FB3Off” enabled

4.4.4 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

4.4.4.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the MOT1_VVVF object the following message structure
applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [STOP REASON] + [SPSUBMODE] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]

[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in forced condition

[STATUS] Description
Run Motor is running
Off Motor is stopped

[STOP REASON] Description

QSP Stopped from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Stopped from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqStop
CSP Stopped from the faceplate
FSP Stopped from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Stopped from process panel. Commans from panel
IOS Stopped due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Stopped due to ME alarm
SQX Stopped due to Sequence Interlock from the group
IC Stopped due to IC interlock
IB1 Stopped due to IB1 interlock
IB2 Stopped due to IB2 interlock
IB3 Stopped due to IB3 interlock
IB4 Stopped due to IB4 interlock
IA Stopped due to IA interlock
PD Stopped due to Previous Drive

[SPSUBMODE] Description
SPExt Set Point external coming from IO.In.ExtSpeedRef
SPInt Set Point internal coming from the faceplate

[BLOCK LIST] Description

- No blockings active
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 90
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

[BLOCK LIST] Description

IB1 IB1 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB2 IB2 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB3 IB3 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB4 IB4 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IA IA interlock is blocked in the faceplate
FB1 Feedback fault 1 is blocked in the faceplate
FB2 Feedback fault 2 is blocked in the faceplate
FB3 Feedback fault 3 is blocked in the faceplate
PD Previous Drive is blocked in the faceplate

4.4.4.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message is depending on the Alarm
text only, defined in the control module parameters. For MOT1_VVVF the following
messages are available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
M2 M2Txt
M3 M3Txt
Local Stop LcbStopTxt
Contactor Fault FdBckTxt
Feedback 1 Fault FB1Txt
Feedback 2 Fault FB2Txt
Feedback 3 Fault FB3Txt

5. MOT2

5.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type MOT2 is used to control a motor with two directions (two
speeds) in a drive group or standalone.
In addition to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for MOT2:
· Motor current indication and high limit warning supervision
· User definable Warning indication
· 3 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Overtemp, Overload & Availability
· 2 functional back process inputs with feedback time supervision for e.g. speed,
pressure or flow supervision. Pulsed feedback supported including actual Period time
shown on the Faceplate.
· 2 feedback run signals (one feedback for each direction)
· 2 Safety-, 2 Chain / Auto-, 2 Previous drive interlocks (always one per direction)
· 4 Process interlocks (direction independent)
· 2 of the in total 4 Process (run) interlocks, can be configured as start permissives
· All interlocks, except equipment interlocks, are direction related
· Totalisation and indication of run time (in hours) and number of starts.

5.2 CONTROL

5.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

The default view is shown, it’s possible to modify the visible ports in CBM.

5.2.2 Parameter description

3 IO MOT2Data default yes in_out IN/OUT: MOT2Data Variable

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

8 GrpStop1Step dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999, if set to 0 -> not
0 part of group sequence
9 GrpStop2Step dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999, if set to 0 -> not
0 part of group sequence
10 GrpStartXDela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay for direction X when started from
y group sequence
11 GrpStartYDela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay for direction Y when started from
y group sequence
12 GrpStop1Dela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Stop delay 1 when stopped from group
y sequence
13 GrpStop2Dela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Stop delay 2 when stopped from group
y sequence
14 PreSelectionX string[50] cBMI.Empty yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
15 PreSelectionY string[50] cBMI.Empty yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
16 IOStatus1 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
17 IOStatus2 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
18 IOStatus3 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
19 IOStatus4 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board / Serial
0 Interface
20 ME bool true yes in_out IN true: Main control voltage distribution OK
left
21 M1 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 1, default
"Overtemp"
22 M2 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 2, default
"Overload"
23 M3 bool true yes in IN true: MCC interface signal 3, default
"Availability"
24 FdBckRunX bool yes in_out IN: Run feedback signal direction X, default
left "Contactor On". If no IO available
MOT2Data.Out.OrdX
25 FdBckRunY bool yes in_out IN: Run feedback signal direction Y, default
left "Contactor On". If no IO available
MOT2Data.Out.OrdY
26 FdBckTime time cBMI.Time2s no in IN: Maximum delay time of contactor response.

27 DirChgTime time cBMI.Time2s no in IN: Down time when changing direction, if 0s,
down time is one task cycle
28 FB1 bool true yes in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 1 from process
left e.g. speed switch
29 FB1Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB1,
_str for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
30 FB1Mode dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0 = continuous signal; > 0 pulse time where
0 1=0.1s; 999999 = 99999.9s; -1 = cont. signal
with FB Opn Alarm
31 FB2 bool true yes in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 2 from process
left e.g. pressure switch
32 FB2Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB2,
_str for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
33 FB2Mode dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0 = continous signal; -1 = cont. signal with FB
0 Opn Alarm enabled
34 FBTime time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time for FB1/2 response and
s HiCurrent response
35 LcbStartX bool false yes in_out IN pulse: Start direction X (pulse) from field LCB.
left Start = 1
36 LcbStartY bool false yes in_out IN pulse: Start direction Y (pulse) from field LCB.
left Start = 1
37 LcbStop bool true yes in_out IN: Any stop command (stop, not remote..) from
left field LCB. Stop = 0.

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

38 LcbRem bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
MOT2_LCB
39 LcbLoc bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Loc or Tst depending on config in
MOT2_LCB
40 LcbMaint bool false yes in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
left user defined config in MOT2_LCB
41 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
0 LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig,
42 MC RealIO default yes in_out IN: Motor Current or Motor Power
left
43 MCNominal real 0 no in INIT: Nominal (rated) current of the motor

44 OrdX bool false yes out OUT: Start Order X. Output to contactor X
(direction X, forward).
45 OrdY bool false yes out OUT: Start Order Y. Output to contactor Y
(direction Y, reverse).
46 LocAlarmAck bool false no out OUT: Alarm reset pulse (e.g. to reset alarms in
SCP's)
47 PrevDriveX bool true yes in IN true: Chain interlock for direction X "previous
drive running"
48 PrevDriveXTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain interlock X with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
49 IAXTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IAX,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
50 PrevDriveY bool true yes in IN true: Chain interlock for direction Y "previous
drive running"
51 PrevDriveYTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain interlock Y with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
52 IAYTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IAY,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
53 IBF bool false no in IN: IB Function. If true, IB3 and IB4 works as
start interlock.
54 IB1Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB1, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
55 IB2Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB2, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
56 IB3Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB3, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
57 IB4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB4, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
58 ICXTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal
_str ICX (direction X), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
59 ICYTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal
_str ICY (direction Y), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
60 DirXTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT2. no in IN: Description text for direction X (e.g. forward),
DirX_txt for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
61 DirYTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT2. no in IN: Description text for direction Y (e.g. reverse),
DirY_txt for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
62 StwCen bool cBMI.MOT.S no in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
twCen triggered when started from Central/Sequence
63 StwField bool cBMI.MOT.S no in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
twField triggered when started from field (from LCB)
64 StwDirChg bool false no in IN: If true, triggering of startwarning when
changing direction

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

65 AutoMode dint cBMI.MOT.A no in INIT: 1= Disable IA in Man Mode if EnAuto, 8 =
utoMode Wait for next Trigger for Startup in Auto mode
66 EnAuto bool cBMI.MOT.E no in IN false: Mode Auto enable, if true Auto mode is
nAuto activated on sequence start
67 EnSeq bool cBMI.MOT.E no in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
nSeq
68 EnCen bool cBMI.MOT.E no in IN true: Point of control Central enable
nCen
69 EnLoc bool cBMI.MOT.E no in IN true: Point of control Local enable
nLoc
70 EnMaint bool cBMI.MOT.E no in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
nMaint
71 EnFPLStopInA bool cBMI.MOT.E no in IN true: If false stop from faceplate only works in
llModes nFPLStopIn POC Central
AllModes
72 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
0 Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
73 Class dint 1 no in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
74 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Ala no in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rmTr (1=lowest)
75 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Inte no in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rlockTr (1=lowest)
76 ModeTr bool cBMI.MOT.M no in IN true: True enables events on mode and point
odeTr of control change
77 StatusTr bool cBMI.MOT.S no in IN true: True enables events on status (on/off)
tatusTr change
78 IOStatTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT.I no in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
OS_txt (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
79 IOStat4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usally
_str used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
80 METxt string[35] cBMI.MOT.M no in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
E_txt supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
81 M1Txt string[35] cBMI.MOT.M no in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
1_txt2 support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
82 M2Txt string[35] cBMI.MOT.M no in IN: Description text for alarm M2, for NLS
2_txt2 support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
83 M3Txt string[35] cBMI.MOT.M no in IN: Description text for alarm M3, for NLS
3_txt2 support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
84 LcbStopTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT.L no in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Stopped", for
ocalStop_txt NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
85 FdBckTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT.C no in INIT: Description text for alarm "Main Contactor
ontactor_al_t Error", for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix
xt and no space in the text
86 MCTxt string[35] cBMI.Logtxt. no in IN: Description text for alarm "High Current", for
HighLoad NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
87 WarningTxt string[35] cBMI.MOT. no in IN: Description text for warning (warning does
Warning_txt not stop the Motor), for NLS support use
||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
88 MCHiLim real 100 no in IN: Motor current high limit in % of nominal
(rated) current. If 0, alarming disabled
89 GrpRunXOverr bool false no in IN false: If true, RUN backsignal direction X to
ide Group is set constant 1
90 GrpRunYOverr bool false no in IN false: If true, RUN backsignal direction Y to
ide Group is set constant 1
91 GrpOff1Overri bool false no in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal 1 to Group is set
de constant 0
92 GrpOff2Overri bool false no in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal 2 to Group is set
de constant 0
93 GrpTripXOverri bool false no in IN false: If true, a trip of direction X will not
de initiate an auto change over of the preselections
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 96
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

94 GrpTripYOverri bool false no in IN false: If true, a trip of direction Y will not
de initiate an auto change over of the preselections
95 AlarmAck bool false no in IN pulse: Alarm acknowledge

5.2.3 Data Type description

Together with the MOT2 Control Module Type a Structured Data Type MOT2Data is
available. This makes it possible to create one Global Variable in the application for each
motor instance.
MOT2Data contains the four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel
MOT2Data; components
Name Data Type Attribu Initial Description
tes Value
1 In MOT2Input retain Input variables to the motor
2 Out MOT2Output retain Output variables from the motor
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus, PriorityCommand/Interlock from
Input modules to motor
4 ProcessPanel PanelLinkConsumer retain Interface from / to Process Panel

MOT2Input; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 PreSelX bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Dir X,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
parameterized PreSelection is not used.
2 PreSelY bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Dir Y,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
parameterized PreSelection is not used.
3 PreSelXStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
Dir X, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to
reduce IndTr to Warning
4 PreSelYStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
Dir Y, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to
reduce IndTr to Warning
5 EnSeqStartX bool retain true IN true: a group start step dir X will not activate the
motor till this signal is true
6 EnSeqStartY bool retain true IN true: a group start step dir Y will not activate the
motor till this signal is true
7 EnSeqStop bool retain true IN true: a group stop step will not stop the motor till
this signal is true, to be used is for advanc
8 SeqStartX bool retain hidden 0 Start command direction 1, or switch to Auto (dir 1) if
EnAuto = true
9 SeqStartY bool retain hidden 0 Start command direction 2, or switch to Auto (dir 2) if
EnAuto = true
10 SeqStop bool retain hidden 0 Stop Command
11 SetSeq bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Seq
12 SetCen bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Cen
13 SetLoc bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Loc
14 ICX bool retain 1 Safety interlock signal direction 1, active in all
operation modes.
15 ICY bool retain 1 Safety interlock signal direction 2, active in all
operation modes.
16 IB1 bool retain 1 IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode
17 IB2 bool retain 1 IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode
18 IB3 bool retain 1 IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode. Works as start intlk if IBF=1
19 IB4 bool retain 1 IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode.
Works as start interlock if IBF =1
20 IAX bool retain 1 Chain interlock direction 1. Not included in RFS
signal.
21 IAY bool retain 1 Chain interlock direction 2. Not included in RFS
signal.

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
22 Warning bool retain false IN false: External Warning for the motor control,
creates a warning if true, no stop of the motor

MOT2Output; components
Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description
Value
1 Auto bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in Auto mode.
2 Seq bool retain nosort Indication of point of operation SEQuence.
3 Cen bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in central operation
mode.
4 Loc bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in local operation
mode.
5 Maint bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance
mode.
6 OutOfSrv bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Out Of Service
7 Trip bool retain nosort TRIPped indication, can be used to start a redundant
drive, activated by FdBckRun, M1, M2, M3, M4, FB1,
FB2
8 RfsX bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Ready For Start for
direction 1.
9 RfsY bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Ready For Start for
direction 2.
10 NoIntX bool retain nosort No INTerlocks direction 1. The drive is ready for start
and no IA interlock.
11 NoIntY bool retain nosort No INTerlocks direction 2. The drive is ready for start
and no IA interlock.
12 RunX bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running forward (dir
1), condition is: OrdX, FdBckRunX, FB1, FB2
13 RunY bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running reverse (dir
2), condition is: OrdY, FdBckRunY, FB1, FB2
14 Run bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running or changing
displayvalue its direction
15 DirChg bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is changing its
direction
16 OrdX bool retain nosort Output Start Order 1 forward (also enabled during
simulation)
17 OrdY bool retain nosort Output Start Order 2 reverse (also enabled during
simulation)
18 StartCnt dint coldretain nosort Accumulated no of starts
19 RuntimeCnt real coldretain nosort Accumulated run time of motor
20 ALNumber dint retain nosort Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2 etc.)
21 ALPending bool retain nosort Indication of Pending Alarm
22 ALUnack bool retain nosort Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
23 FieldStartXRel bool retain nosort Field Start Release X is true in case of LOC is
ease selected and startconditions for the mode and
direction are o.k.
24 FieldStartYRel bool retain nosort Field Start Release Y is true in case of LOC is
ease selected and startconditions for the mode and
directions are o.k.
25 ForcedRun bool retain nosort Indicating forced run, motor started by e.g. hardwired
LCB
26 FdBckOffErr bool retain nosort Main Contactor failed to open error (Feedback Off
Alarm present)
27 FB1PulseTime real retain nosort Actual Time for 1 FB1 pulse in seconds (e.g. speed
switch)
28 FirstOrMaxAE string[32] retain nosort '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
Tag Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor,
Group or Valve
29 FirstOrMaxAEI dint retain nosort 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or
ndTr Event causing an action accroding to Minerals
Library Alarm Indication Standards
30 LastReset date_and coldretain Last Reset of Runtime and StartCnt in System Time
_time
31 LastTripTxt string[40] retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
32 LastTrip date_and retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
_time

PanelLinkConsumer; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Status dint retain nosort Object Status Indication (Ready, Run, NotRFS etc.)
hidden
2 StatusModes dint retain nosort Object Modes Indication (Seq, Cen, Loc etc.)
hidden
3 Cmd dint retain nosort 99 Commands from Panel to Consumers
hidden
4 CmdModes dint retain nosort 99 Mode Commands from Panel to Consumers
hidden
5 Blink bool retain nosort Enabling of Consumer Blinking
hidden

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Ready_Off 0 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Ready_Run 3 2 Central Mode 1
3 Run1 4 3 Local Mode 2
4 Run2 5 4 Auto Mode 3
5 NotRFS_Off 6 5 AutoCen Mode 4
6 NotRFS_Run1 7 6 Out Of Service 9
7 NotRFS_Run2 B
8 Fault_Off 9
9 Fault_Run1 10
10 Fault_Run2 11
13 FaultNotRFS_Off 12
14 FaultNotRFS_Run1 13
15 FaultNotRFS_Run2 14

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Start1 0 1 SetCen 0
2 Start2 1 2 SetSeq 1
3 Stop 2 3 SetLoc 2
4 AlarmAck 7 4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4

5.2.4 Project Constants

Name Data Type Default Value
1 cBMI.MOT2.DirX_txt string ‘Direction X’
2 cBMI.MOT2.DirY_txt string ‘Direction Y’
3 cBMI.MOT2.IOS4StopMotor bool True
4 cBMI.MOT2.Run1txt string ‘Run direction 1’
5 cBMI.MOT2.Run2txt string ‘Run direction 2’
6 cBMI.MOT2.IndTr2NotDirDepending dint 0

5.3 OPERATION

5.3.1 Graphic elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
MOT2
information as symbol.
MOT2Symbol Object status information as symbol.

MOT2FBTxt Object feedback information as text.

MOT2IntTxt Object interlock information as text.

MOT2StaTxt Object status information as text.
MOT2MCandUnit Displays the actual motor current.
StartCnt Displays object start counter value..
RunTimeCnt Displays object run time..

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

5.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on MOT2Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on MOT2Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description
Change control point to sequence:
Start MOT2, or restart after The object is controlled automatically
direction change from the application program in the
controller
Change control point to central:
Stop MOT2 The object is controlled manually
from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change control point to local
Direction control F/H The object is controlled locally in the field
Preselection for direction 1(X) via a local panel with push buttons.
(Forward, High, Right or Fast). Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local
Direction control R/L
Preselection for direction 2(Y) Set mode to Auto
(Reverse, Low, Left or Slow).

Acknowledge alarm Set mode to Manual

5.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point &

Mode

Motor Status

Warning and
Alarm
Indication

Actual Direction
& Direction
Preselection
indication

Extended Info

Extended View
for detailed
information and
settings

For description of Extended Info see chapter: Extended Info, MOT1

5.3.2.2 Extended View

Additional information for the MOT2is structured in tabs. The available tabs and a short
description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
Interlock Interlock indication and interlock blocking
PCC Interlock PCC interlock indication
Alarm Alarm indication and alarm blocking
Trend Actual current value online trend
Group Corresponding Drive Group issues
Maintenance Maintenance issues

5.3.2.2.1 Interlocks

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

Type of interlock Description
ICX Safety interlock for direction 1(X). Stops the motor when running in direction 1(X)
Active in all POC/modes. and prevents the motor from starting in this
direction as long as the interlock is on.
ICY Safety interlock for direction 2(Y). Stops the motor when running in direction 2(Y)
Active in all POC/modes. and prevents the motor from starting as in this
direction long as the interlock is on.
IB1 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Not active in POC Local starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB2 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Not active in POC Local starting as long as the interlock is on.
IB3 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Not active in POC Local starting as long as the interlock is on
Functions as start interlock when the parameter
IBF=1.
IB4 Process interlock Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Not active in POC Local starting as long as the interlock is on
Functions as start interlock when the parameter
IBF=1.
IAX Combined Auto-start and Chain Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
interlock for direction 1(X).
If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central Auto
Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
This can be used to start and stop an object by
process once the group or operator has put it to
Auto.
If “true” motor starts or re-starts with direction
1(X)
If “false” motor stops, when running in direction
1(X)

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the motor
must be started from Seq or Cen again.
IAY Combined Auto-start and Chain Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
interlock for direction 2(Y).
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 104
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Type of interlock Description

If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central Auto
Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
This can be used to start and stop an object by
process once the group or operator has put it to
Auto.
If “true” motor starts or re-starts with direction
2(Y)
If “false” motor stops, when running in direction
2(Y)

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the motor
must be started from Seq or Cen again.
PDX Chain interlock, previous drive for Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
direction 1(X).
Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
starting as long as the interlock is on 1(X).
PDY Chain interlock, previous drive for Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
direction 2(Y).
Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
starting as long as the interlock is on 2(Y).

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol.

5.3.2.2.2 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB alarms below.
Direct Motor incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. overtemp
Ø M2 MCC supervision e.g. overload
Ø M3 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø RUN Main Contactor on/off. Supervision for both directions. One delay
timer.
Ø FB1 Supervision of “functional backsignal” e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer. Pulsed feedback supported as well with actual
Period time 106ccor on the Faceplate.
Ø FB2 Supervision of “functional backsignal” e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer
NB : FB1 and FB2 are overridden in Local Mode on LcbStart
Additionally Direct Motor incorporates the following 2 Warnings (does not trip the motor):
· HighCurrent : Supervision of motor current. Can be indicated simultaneously with
one on the alarms/faults above.
· General Warning : User Defined Warning

Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1/M2/M3 signal input level can be changed to 0
for normal status by project constants.
In total, 3 AlarmCond Blocks are used:
· one for M1, M2, M3, LCB, and RUN, FB1, FB2 not going on (Contactor On/Trip
Alarm)
· one for RUN, FB1 and FB2 not going Off (Contactor Off/Frc Alarm)
· one for High Current Alarm
First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.
All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Reference Table, Alarms

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false” the alarm is active.
All alarms are shown on MOT2 graphic Element directly and on the MOT2Tag.

5.3.2.2.3 Trend
On-Line trend with actual current Rate

Switch between actual current and actual

current in percentage of nominal.

Show / Hide Grid

Record Time Zoom out (Y-Axis)

Moving over the trend area a curser will appear, showing traces’ value and record time

5.3.2.2.4 Group

This motor will be started to direction X in

start step 15 in case of pre-selection P1
or P2 and in start step 16 to direction Y in
case of pre-selection P3 or P4

This motor will be stopped from direction

X in stop step 15 with a delay of 5s and in
stop step 16 from direction Y, with a
delay of 5s.

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Step Description Delay Preselection
Start X Sequential start order Start delay of the Preselection Condition
of the motor to motor to direction e.g P2 & P1 | P3 & ! P1
direction 1(X) within 1(X) (P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
the Drive Group
Stop X Sequential stop order Stop delay of the n.a
of the motor from motor from
direction 1(X) within direction 1(X)
the Drive Group
Start Y Sequential start order Start delay of the Preselection Condition
of the motor to motor to direction e.g P3 | P4
direction 2(Y) within 2(Y) P3 or P4
the Drive Group
Stop Y Sequential stop order Stop delay of the n.a
of the motor from motor from
direction 2(Y) within direction 2(Y)
the Drive Group
No of Steps Max number of steps n.a. n.a.
in the Drive Group

F When a motor is not a member of a Drive Group, the Start Step and Stop Step are “0”

5.3.2.2.5 Maintenance

F “Simulation” and “Allow Alarm during Simulation” Checkbox and Reset Counters
button are only accessible when you are logged on as a System Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

Description
Out of Service When this box is checked the motor is put out of service and is not
taken into account anymore by the corresponding Drive Group
Allow Alarm during Alarming during simulation can be enabled for testing the simulated
Simulation interface signals of an individual motor while the rest of the group
remains in simulation
Maintenance Mode Set the Drive to Maintenance Sub-Mode. This Checkbox is only
available if the Project is configured to allow Maintenance Mode
Last Trip Reason The Reason of the Last Trip contains the Alarm, Interlock or PCC Text
that was active at the time of the last Trip
Last Trip Date Date and Time the Motor has tripped last
Number of Starts Number of starts of the motor
Run Time Time in hours that the motors has been running
Reset Counters Reset button, to reset Number of starts and Run Time
Last Reset Time Date and Time at which Number of Starts and Run Time were last
reset

5.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission

5.3.4 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

5.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the MOT2 object the following message structure applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [STOP REASON] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]
[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in forced condition

[STOP REASON] Description

QSP Stopped from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Stopped from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqStop
CSP Stopped from the faceplate
FSP Stopped from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Stopped from process panel. Command from panel
IOS Stopped due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Stopped due to ME alarm
SQX Stopped due to Sequence Interlock X from the group
SQY Stopped due to Sequence Interlock Y from the group
ICX Stopped due to ICX interlock
ICY Stopped due to ICY interlock
IB1 Stopped due to IB1 interlock
IB2 Stopped due to IB2 interlock
IB3 Stopped due to IB3 interlock
IB4 Stopped due to IB4 interlock
IAX Stopped due to IAX interlock
IAY Stopped due to IAY interlock
PDX Stopped due to Previous Drive direction X
PDY Stopped due to Previous Drive direction Y

[BLOCK LIST] Description

- No blockings active
IB1 IB1 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB2 IB2 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB3 IB3 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB4 IB4 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IAX IAX interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IAY IAY interlock is blocked in the faceplate
FB1 Feedback fault 1 is blocked in the faceplate
FB2 Feedback fault 2 is blocked in the faceplate
PDX Previous Drive X is blocked in the faceplate
PDY Previous Drive Y is blocked in the faceplate

5.3.4.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message is depending on the Alarm
text only, defined in the control module parameters. For MOT2 the following messages
are available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
M2 M2Txt
M3 M3Txt
Local Stop LcbStopTxt
Contactor Fault FdBckTxt
Feedback 1 Fault FB1Txt
Feedback 2 Fault FB2Txt

6. MOT2_VVVF

6.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type MOT2_VVVF is used to control a motor with two directions
variable speed drives in a drive group or standalone.
In addition to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for MOT2_VVVF:
· Motor current indication and high limit warning supervision
· User definable Warning indication
· Motor speed indication
· Actual Speed and Speed setpoint will generate error control when quality is Bad or
Uncertain
· Speed setpoint coming from the corresponding drive group (Automatic) or from the
Operator Station or from the Process Panel (Manual)
· Speed set point low and high limitation, Speed Deviation Alarm
· 3 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Overtemp, Overload & Availability
· 2 functional back process inputs with feedback time supervision for e.g. speed,
pressure or flow supervision. Pulsed feedback supported including actual Period time
shown on the Faceplate.
· 2 feedback run signals (one feedback for each direction)
· 2 Safety-, 2 Chain / Auto-, 2 Previous drive interlocks (always one per direction)
· 4 Process interlocks (direction independent)
· 2 of the in total 4 Process (run) interlocks, can be configured as start permissives
· All interlocks, except equipment interlocks, are direction related
· Totalisation and indication of run time (in hours) and number of starts.
· Supervision of the Actual Speed feedback during Start and Stop as configurable
condition for alarming and feedback to the drive group

6.2 CONTROL

6.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

The default view is shown, it’s possible to modify the visible ports in CBM.

6.2.2 Parameter Description

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
1 Name string 'Name' 1 in INIT: Tag name of the motor (allowed
deliminators are "." and "-", no blanks ":" or ";"
allowed)
2 Description string 'Description' 1 in IN: Description text of the motor

3 IO MOT2VVVF default 1 in_out IN/OUT: MOT2VVVFData Variable

Data
4 Stw STWData default 1 in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module STW
(startwarning)
5 Group GrpDrvCon default 1 in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module GROUP
(sequencer)
6 GrpStartXStep dint cBMI.DINT_ 1 in IN: Start step no 1..999 for direction X, if set to 0
0 -> not part of group sequence
7 GrpStartYStep dint cBMI.DINT_ 1 in IN: Start step no 1..999 for direction Y, if set to 0
0 -> not part of group sequence
8 GrpStop1Step dint cBMI.DINT_ 1 in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999, if set to 0 -> not
0 part of group sequence
9 GrpStop2Step dint cBMI.DINT_ 1 in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999, if set to 0 -> not
0 part of group sequence
10 GrpStartXDela time cBMI.Time0s 1 in IN: Start delay for direction X when started from
y group sequence
11 GrpStartYDela time cBMI.Time0s 1 in IN: Start delay for direction Y when started from
y group sequence
12 GrpStop1Dela time cBMI.Time0s 1 in IN: Stop delay 1 when stopped from group
y sequence
13 GrpStop2Dela time cBMI.Time0s 1 in IN: Stop delay 2 when stopped from group
y sequence
14 PreSelectionX string cBMI.Empty 1 in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
15 PreSelectionY string cBMI.Empty 1 in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
16 SPIntPar SpeedParam default 0 in_out IN/OUT: Interaction Parameter for Speed
IntAct settings on Faceplate
17 ExternalSPIntP bool false 1 in INIT: External Speed Setpoint and Limit (e.g.
ar from DriveGroup) connected to SPIntPar
Parameter
18 SpeedSp RealIO 1 out IN/OUT: Output for Speed Setpoint connected to
VVVF drive, use an AOX but not an AOS on this
output
19 ExternalSPLim dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: SetpH and SetpL Limits, 0=None, 1=SetpXH,
its VVVF.Extern 2=SetpXL, 4=SetpYH, 8=SetpYL Controlled from
alSPLimits Application, binary combinations allowed e.g. X
H
20 SetpXH real 100 0 in COLD INIT: initial SetpointX high limit

21 SetpXL real 0 0 in COLD INIT: initial SetpointX low limit

22 SetpYH real 100 0 in COLD INIT: initial SetpointY high limit

23 SetpYL real 0 0 in COLD INIT: initial SetpointY low limit

24 ExternalStartS dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Control StartSpeedSP, 0=None, 1=X , 2=Y ,

peedSP VVVF.Extern 3=X&Y by Application
alStartSpeed
SP
25 StartSpeedSP real 0 0 in COLD INIT: initial Start Speed SetpointX
X
26 StartSpeedSP real 0 0 in COLD INIT: initial Start Speed SetpointY
Y
27 ActualSpeed RealIO 1 in_out IN/OUT: Input for Actual Speed connected to the
VVVF drive
28 RFSonSigErr bool FALSE 0 in IN False: If true, the drive remains Ready for
Start even if SpeedSp Signal Error is active

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

29 IOStatus1 dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
30 IOStatus2 dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
31 IOStatus3 dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
32 IOStatus4 dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board / Serial
0 Interface
33 ME bool true 1 in_out IN true: Main control voltage distribution OK

34 M1 bool true 1 in IN true: MCC interface signal 1, default

"Overtemp"
35 M2 bool true 1 in IN true: MCC interface signal 2, default
"Overload"
36 M3 bool true 1 in IN true: MCC interface signal 3, default
"Availability"
37 FdBckRunX bool 1 in_out IN: Run feedback signal direction X, default
"Contactor On". If no IO available
MOT2VVVFData.Out.OrdX
38 FdBckRunY bool 1 in_out IN: Run feedback signal direction Y, default
"Contactor On". If no IO available
MOT2VVVFData.Out.OrdY
39 FdBckTime time cBMI.Time2s 0 in IN: Maximum delay time of contactor response.

40 DirChgTime time cBMI.Time2s 0 in IN: Down time when changing direction, if 0s,
down time is one task cycle
41 FB1 bool true 1 in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 1 from process
e.g. speed switch
42 FB1Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB1,
_str for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
43 FB1Mode dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: 0 = continuous signal; > 0 pulse time where
0 1=0.1s; 999999 = 99999.9s; -1 = cont. signal
with FB Opn Alarm
44 FB2 bool true 1 in_out IN true: Functional backsignal 2 from process
e.g. pressure switch
45 FB2Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for functional backsignal FB2,
_str for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
46 FB2Mode dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: 0 = continous signal; -1 = cont. signal with FB
0 Opn Alarm enabled
47 FBTime time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB1/2 response and
s HiCurrent response
48 FB3Mode dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Enable FB3, 0=None, 1=FB3RunX,
VVVF.FB3M 2=FB3OffX, 4=FB3RunY, 8=FB3OffY,
ode 16=FB3OffX_EnTrip, 32=FB3OffY_EnTrip,
binary com
49 ExternalFB3Ru dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=None, 1=X , 2=Y ,
nLimit VVVF.Extern 3=X&Y by Application
alFB3RunLi
mit
50 FB3RunSpeed real 0.0 0 in IN: Min Speed value as part of Run condition to
LimX Step On fullfilled for DirX
51 FB3RunSpeed time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimX
TimeX s
52 FB3RunSpeed real 0.0 0 in IN: Min Speed value as part of Run condition to
LimY Step On fullfilled for DirY
53 FB3RunSpeed time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimY
TimeY s
54 FB3RunSpeed real 1.0 0 in IN: Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
Hyst IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond, same param for X
and Y
55 ExternalFB3Of dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=None, 1=X , 2=Y ,
fLimit VVVF.Extern 3=X&Y by Application
alFB3OffLimi
t
56 FB3OffSpeedL real 100.0 0 in IN: Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to
imX Step Off fullfilled for DirX
57 FB3OffSpeedT time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimX
imeX s

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

58 FB3OffSpeedL real 100.0 0 in Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step
imY On fullfilled for DirY
59 FB3OffSpeedT time cBMI.Time10 0 in Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimY
imeY s
60 FB3Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for FB3, for NLS support use
_str ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
61 LcbStartX bool false 1 in_out IN pulse: Start direction X (pulse) from field LCB.
Start = 1
62 LcbStartY bool false 1 in_out IN pulse: Start direction Y (pulse) from field LCB.
Start = 1
63 LcbStop bool true 1 in_out IN: Any stop command (stop, not remote..) from
field LCB. Stop = 0.
64 LcbRem bool false 1 in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
MOT2_VVVF_LCB
65 LcbLoc bool false 1 in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
control to Loc or Tst depending on config in
MOT2_VVVF_LCB
66 LcbMaint bool false 1 in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
user defined config in MOT2_VVVF_LCB
67 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
0 LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig,
68 LcbSpeedInc bool FALSE 1 in_out IN false: Increase speed signal from field LCB

69 LcbSpeedDec bool FALSE 1 in_out IN false: Decrease speed signal from field LCB

70 LcbSpeed real 1 0 in IN 1: Change rate for Speed Setpoint by LCB

increase/decrease engineering unit / Normal task
time
71 MC RealIO default 1 in_out IN: Motor Current or Motor Power

72 MCNominal real 0 0 in INIT: Nominal (rated) current of the motor

73 OrdX bool false 1 out OUT: Start Order X. Output to contactor X

(direction X, forward).
74 OrdY bool false 1 out OUT: Start Order Y. Output to contactor Y
(direction Y, reverse).
75 LocAlarmAck bool false 0 out OUT: Alarm reset pulse (e.g. to reset alarms in
SCP's)
76 PrevDriveX bool true 1 in IN true: Chain interlock for direction X "previous
drive running"
77 PrevDriveXTxt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for chain interlock X with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
78 IAXTxt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IAX,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
79 PrevDriveY bool true 1 in IN true: Chain interlock for direction Y "previous
drive running"
80 PrevDriveYTxt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for chain interlock Y with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
81 IAYTxt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IAY,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
82 IBF bool false 0 in IN: IB Function. If true, IB3 and IB4 works as
start interlock.
83 IB1Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB1, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
84 IB2Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB2, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
85 IB3Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB3, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
86 IB4Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for interlock signal IB4, for
_str NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

87 ICXTxt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal
_str ICX (direction X), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
88 ICYTxt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal
_str ICY (direction Y), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
89 DirXTxt string cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Description text for direction X (e.g. forward),
VVVF.DirX_t for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
xt space in the text
90 DirYTxt string cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Description text for direction Y (e.g. reverse),
VVVF.DirY_t for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
xt space in the text
91 StwCen bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
VVVF.StwCe triggered when started from Central/Sequence
n
92 StwField bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
VVVF.StwFi triggered when started from field (from LCB)
eld
93 StwDirChg bool false 0 in IN: If true, triggering of startwarning when
changing direction
94 AutoMode dint cBMI.MOT.A no in INIT: 1= Disable IA in Man Mode if EnAuto, 8 =
utoMode Wait for next Trigger for Startup in Auto mode
95 EnAuto bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN false: Mode Auto enable, if true Auto mode is
VVVF.EnAut activated on sequence start
o
96 EnSeq bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
VVVF.EnSeq
97 EnCen bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: Point of control Central enable
VVVF.EnCe
n
98 EnLoc bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: Point of control Local enable
VVVF.EnLoc
99 EnMaint bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
VVVF.EnMai
nt
100 EnFPLStopInA bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: If false stop from faceplate only works in
llModes VVVF.EnFP POC Central
LStopInAllM
odes
101 EnSPExt bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN false: Mode external speed setpoint (e.g. from
VVVF.EnSP PID) enable
Ext
102 EnSPInt bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: Mode internal speed setpoint (from
VVVF.EnSPI faceplate) enable
nt
103 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
0 Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
104 Class dint 1 0 in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
105 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Ala 0 in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rmTr (1=lowest)
106 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Inte 0 in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rlockTr (1=lowest)
107 DevTr dint cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in INIT: Alarm treatment for deviation: -1 no AE; 0 =
VVVF.DevTr Event ; 1,2,3 = ALPrio# (1=lowest)
108 ModeTr bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: True enables events on mode and point
VVVF.Mode of control change
Tr
109 StatusTr bool cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN true: True enables events on status (on/off)
VVVF.Status change
Tr
110 IOStatTxt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
VVVF.IOS_t (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
xt prefix and no space in the text
111 IOStat4Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usally
_str used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

112 METxt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
VVVF.ME_tx supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
t prefix and no space in the text
113 M1Txt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
VVVF.M1_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
114 M2Txt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for alarm M2, for NLS
VVVF.M2_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
115 M3Txt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for alarm M3, for NLS
VVVF.M3_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
116 LcbStopTxt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Stopped", for
VVVF.Local NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
Stop_txt in the text
117 FdBckTxt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in INIT: Description text for alarm "Main Contactor
VVVF.Conta Error", for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix
ctor_al_txt and no space in the text
118 MCTxt string cBMI.Logtxt. 0 in IN: Description text for alarm "High Current", for
HighLoad NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
119 WarningTxt string cBMI.MOT1_ 0 in IN: Description text for warning (warning does
VVVF.Warni not stop the Motor), for NLS support use
ng_txt ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
120 MCHiLim real 100 0 in IN: Motor current high limit in % of nominal
(rated) current. If 0, alarming disabled
121 GrpRunXOverr bool false 0 in IN false: If true, RUN backsignal direction X to
ide Group is set constant 1
122 GrpRunYOverr bool false 0 in IN false: If true, RUN backsignal direction Y to
ide Group is set constant 1
123 GrpOff1Overri bool false 0 in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal 1 to Group is set
de constant 0
124 GrpOff2Overri bool false 0 in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal 2 to Group is set
de constant 0
125 GrpTripXOverri bool false 0 in IN false: If true, a trip of direction X will not
de initiate an auto change over of the preselections
126 GrpTripYOverri bool false 0 in IN false: If true, a trip of direction Y will not
de initiate an auto change over of the preselections
127 GrpFB3OffSte dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Go to next stop step: 0=wait till ActSpeed
pOverride 0 =<FB3OffSpeedLim, 1=FB3OffSpeedLim to be
ok/Warn/Trip, 2=Ignore OffSpeedLim and
continue
128 AlarmAck bool false 0 in IN pulse: Alarm acknowledge

129 TrackMan bool TRUE 0 in IN: true: Internal setpoint tracks the external
speed setpoint in case the drive is in SPExt
mode

6.2.3 Data Type description

Together with the MOT2_VVVF Control Module Type a Structured Data Type
MOT2VVVFData is available. This makes it possible to create one Global Variable in the
application for each motor instance.
MOT2VVVFData contains the four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel

MOT2VVVFData; components
Name Data Type Attribute Initial Description
s Value
1 In MOT2VVVFInput retain Input variables to the motor
2 Out MOT2VVVFOutput retain Output variables from the motor
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus,
PriorityCommand/Interlock from Input
modules to VVVF
4 ProcessPanel PanelLinkConsAndSP retain Interface from / to ProcessPanel

MOT2VVVFInput; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 PreSelX bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Dir X,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
parameterized PreSelection is not used.
2 PreSelY bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Dir Y,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
parameterized PreSelection is not used.
3 PreSelXStdB bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
y Dir X, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to
reduce IndTr to Warning
4 PreSelYStdB bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
y Dir Y, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to
reduce IndTr to Warning
5 EnSeqStartX bool retain true IN true: a group start step dir X will not activate the
motor till this signal is true
6 EnSeqStartY bool retain true IN true: a group start step dir Y will not activate the
motor till this signal is true
7 EnSeqStop bool retain true IN true: a group stop step will not stop the motor till
this signal is true, to be used is for advanc
8 SeqStartX bool retain hidden 0 Start command direction 1, or switch to Auto (dir 1) if
EnAuto = true
9 SeqStartY bool retain hidden 0 Start command direction 2, or switch to Auto (dir 2) if
EnAuto = true
10 SeqStop bool retain hidden 0 Stop Command
11 SetSeq bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Seq
12 SetCen bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Cen
13 SetLoc bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Loc
14 ICX bool retain 1 Safety interlock signal direction 1, active in all
operation modes.
15 ICY bool retain 1 Safety interlock signal direction 2, active in all
operation modes.
16 IB1 bool retain 1 IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode
17 IB2 bool retain 1 IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode
18 IB3 bool retain 1 IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
active in Local mode. Works as start intlk if IBF=1
19 IB4 bool retain 1 IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode.
Works as start interlock if IBF =1
20 IAX bool retain 1 Chain interlock direction 1. Not included in RFS
signal.
21 IAY bool retain 1 Chain interlock direction 2. Not included in RFS
signal.
22 SetSpInt bool retain hidden IN pulse: Set operation mode to Internal setpoint
output reference from FPL
23 SetSpExt bool retain hidden IN pulse: Set operation mode to external setpoint

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
output reference from e.g. PID loop
24 ExtSpeedRef real retain 0.0 IN: EXTernal Speed REFerence X for the drive when
X e.g. controlled by a PID loop.
25 ExtSpeedRef real retain 0.0 IN: EXTernal Speed REFerence Y for the drive when
Y e.g. controlled by a PID loop.
26 Warning bool retain false IN false: External Warning for the motor control,
creates a warning if true, no stop of the motor

MOT2VVVFOutput; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Auto bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in Auto mode.
2 Seq bool retain nosort Indication of point of operation SEQuence.
Cen bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in central operation
3 mode.
Loc bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in local operation
4 mode.
Maint bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance
5 mode.
6 OutOfSrv bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Out Of Service
Trip bool retain nosort TRIPped indication, can be used to start a redundant
drive, activated by FdBckRun, M1, M2, M3, M4, FB1,
7 FB2, FB3(if configured for Trip)
RfsX bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Ready For Start for
8 direction 1.
RfsY bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is Ready For Start for
9 direction 2.
NoIntX bool retain nosort No INTerlocks direction 1. The drive is ready for start
10 and no IA interlock.
NoIntY bool retain nosort No INTerlocks direction 2. The drive is ready for start
11 and no IA interlock.
RunX bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running forward (dir
1), condition is: OrdX, FdBckRunX, FB1, FB2,
12 FB3X(if configured for RunLimit)
RunY bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running reverse (dir
2), condition is: OrdY, FdBckRunY, FB1, FB2,
13 FB3Y(if configured for RunLimit)
Run bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is running or changing
14 displayvalue its direction
DirChg bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is changing its
15 direction
OrdX bool retain nosort Output Start Order 1 forward (also enabled during
16 simulation)
OrdY bool retain nosort Output Start Order 2 reverse (also enabled during
17 simulation)
18 StartCnt dint coldretain nosort Accumulated no of starts
19 RuntimeCnt real coldretain nosort Accumulated run time of motor
SetpointSpe real retain nosort Setpoint Speed connected to VVVF drive
20 ed
SpExt bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the VVVF is controlled by an
21 external speed reference
22 Deviation real retain nosort Actual Speed Deviation in %
23 DevH bool retain nosort Actual Deviation > High alarm limit
24 DevL bool retain nosort Actual Deviation < Low alarm limit
DrvRunSpee bool retain nosort Drive run above FB3RunSpeedLim after start and
25 dCond can reset bellow hysteresis or stop drive
DrvOffSpeed bool retain nosort Drive stopped and actual speed is bellow
26 Cond FB3OffSpeedLimit
DrvOffSpeed bool retain nosort Drive FB3 OFF Trip supervision active
27 Trip
DrvRunOnS bool retain nosort Drive reach speed setpoint once after start, reset
28 peedSP within stop
29 ALNumber dint retain nosort Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2, FB3 etc.)
30 ALPending bool retain nosort Indication of Pending Alarm
31 ALUnack bool retain nosort Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
FieldStartXR bool retain nosort Field Start Release X is true in case of LOC is
32 elease selected and startconditions for the mode and
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 122
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
direction are o.k.
FieldStartYR bool retain nosort Field Start Release Y is true in case of LOC is
elease selected and startconditions for the mode and
33 directions are o.k.
ForcedRun bool retain nosort Indicating forced run, motor started by e.g. hardwired
34 LCB
FdBckOffErr bool retain nosort Main Contactor failed to open error (Feedback Off
35 Alarm present)
FB1PulseTi real retain nosort Actual Time for 1 FB1 pulse in seconds (e.g. speed
36 me switch)
SigErr bool retain nosort Signal Error summing SpeedSetpoint and
37 ActualSpeed Sig Error Status
FirstOrMaxA string[32] retain nosort '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
ETag Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor,
38 Group or Valve
FirstOrMaxA dint retain nosort 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or
EIndTr Event causing an action accroding to Minerals
39 Library Alarm Indication Standards
LastReset date_an coldretain Last Reset of Runtime and StartCnt in System Time
40 d_time
41 FastRamp bool retain nosort 0 Fast Ramp stopping bit, Updated by PCC Intlk, Used
for VVVF Drive
42 LastTripTxt string[40] retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
43 LastTrip date_an retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
d_time

SpeedParamIntAct; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 SetSPExt bool retain 0 Set Setpoint External Mode
2 SetSPInt bool retain 0 Set Setpoint Internal Mode
3 Increase bool retain nosort false Increase output signal by IncDecStep, only allowed
in SPInt Mode
4 Decrease bool retain nosort false Decrease output signal by IncDecStep, only allowed
in SPInt Mode
5 IncDecStepX real coldretain nosort 1.0 Stepsize for Increase and Decrease commands for
X
6 AutoIncDecS bool coldretain nosort true enable automatic Calculation of IncDecStep from
tepX Signal Range for X
7 IncDecStepY real coldretain nosort 1.0 Stepsize for Increase and Decrease commands for
Y
8 AutoIncDecS bool coldretain nosort true enable automatic Calculation of IncDecStep from
tepY Signal Range for Y
9 MaxChangeI real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in positive direction
ncX (only used in Graphics)
10 MaxChange real coldretain nosort -100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in negative direction
DecX (only used in Graphics)
11 EnableChan bool coldretain nosort false Enable MaxChangeInc / Dec Limits in DEW (only
geCtrlX used in Graphics)
12 MaxChangeI real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in positive direction
ncY (only used in Graphics)
13 MaxChange real coldretain nosort -100.0 Max Change allowed for DEW in negative direction
DecY (only used in Graphics)
14 EnableChan bool coldretain nosort false Enable MaxChangeInc / Dec Limits in DEW (only
geCtrlY used in Graphics)
15 SetpXH real coldretain nosort 100.0 High limit for speed setpointX
16 SetpXL real coldretain nosort 0.0 Low limit for speed setpointX
17 SetpYH real coldretain nosort 100.0 High limit for speed setpointY
18 SetpYL real coldretain nosort 0.0 Low limit for speed setpointY
19 SetpSpeedX real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change Speed of SetpointX in %/s
20 SetpSpeedY real coldretain nosort 100.0 Max Change Speed of SetpointY in %/s
21 StartSpeedS real coldretain nosort 0.0 Speed SetpointX when starting the Drive
PX
22 StartSpeedS real coldretain nosort 0.0 Speed SetpointY when starting the Drive
PY
23 UseLastSpe bool coldretain nosort false Overwrite StartSpeedSPX with current Setpoint
edAsStartSp
eedX

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
24 UseLastSpe bool coldretain nosort false Overwrite StartSpeedSPY with current Setpoint
edAsStartSp
eedY
25 SetpointX real retain nosort 0 Man setpointX, reference value when in man
26 SetpointY real retain nosort 0 Man setpointY, reference value when in man
27 DevHLim real coldretain nosort 100.0 Limit for Deviation high alarm in %
28 DevLLim real coldretain nosort -100.0 Limit for Deviation low alarm in %
29 DevHyst real coldretain nosort 1.0 Deviation hysteresis in %
30 DevAlarmDel time coldretain nosort 10s Time delay for the speed deviation supervision
ay
31 FB3RunSpe real coldretain 0 Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step
edLimX On fullfilled for DirX
32 FB3RunSpe time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimX
edTimeX
33 FB3RunSpe real coldretain 0 Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step
edLimY On fullfilled for DirY
34 FB3RunSpe time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimY
edTimeY
35 FB3RunSpe real coldretain 1.0 Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
edHyst IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond, same param for X and Y
36 FB3OffSpee real coldretain 100.0 Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step Off
dLimX fullfilled for DirX
37 FB3OffSpee time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimX
dTimeX
38 FB3OffSpee real coldretain 100.0 Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step On
dLimY fullfilled for DirY
39 FB3OffSpee time coldretain 10s Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimY
dTimeY

PanelLinkConsAndSP; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Status dint retain nosort Object Status
hidden
2 StatusMode dint retain nosort Object Modes
s hidden
3 Cmd dint retain nosort 99 Commands from Panel to Consumers
hidden
4 CmdModes dint retain nosort 99 Mode Commands from Panel to Consumers
hidden
5 Blink bool retain nosort Enabling of Consumer Blinking
hidden
6 Setpoint real retain nosort Setpoint from Panel to Consumer
hidden
7 MeasValue real retain nosort Measured Value from Consumer to Panel
hidden
8 EnSPField bool retain nosort Enabling of SP Input Field
hidden

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Ready_Off 0 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Ready_Run 3 2 Central Mode 1
3 Run1 4 3 Local Mode 2
4 Run2 5 4 Auto Mode 3
5 NotRFS_Off 6 5 AutoCen Mode 4
6 NotRFS_Run1 7 6 External Mode 5
7 NotRFS_Run2 B 7 ExternalCen Mode 6
8 Fault_Off 9 8 ExtCen Mode 7
9 Fault_Run1 10 9 AutoSPExt Mode 8
10 Fault_Run2 11 10 Out Of Service 9
13 FaultNotRFS_Off 12
14 FaultNotRFS_Run1 13
15 FaultNotRFS_Run2 14

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Start1 0 1 SetCen 0
2 Start2 1 2 SetSeq 1
3 Stop 2 3 SetLoc 2
4 AlarmAck 7 4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4
6 SetExt 5
7 SetInt 6

6.2.4 Project Constants

Name Data Type Default Value
1 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Contactor_al_txt 'Contactor Fault' string
2 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DevTr 2 dint
3 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisabledIntMaxIndTr 13 dint
4 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableFPLLocIfLCBIsPOCMaster true bool
5 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableIAPDInLoc true bool
6 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableIBInLoc true bool
7 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableIBInMaint true bool
8 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.DisableICInMaint false bool
9 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnALFieldMode true bool
10 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnAuto false bool
11 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnCen true bool
12 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnFBFieldMode true bool
13 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnFdBckFrcAlr true bool
14 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnFPLStopInAllModes true bool
15 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnLoc true bool
16 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnMaint true bool
17 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnMaintInCenSeq false bool
18 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnMaintOnlyIfStopped false bool
19 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnSeq true bool
20 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnSPExt false bool
21 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.EnSPInt true bool
22 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB_Flow_txt 'Flow' string
23 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB_Press_txt 'Press' string
24 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FB_Speed_txt 'Speed' string
25 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.FieldStopIfNotRemOrLoc true bool
26 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.IOS4StopMotor True bool
27 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.IOS_txt 'I/O Error' string
28 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.KeepMaintInCenSeq false bool
29 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.LocalStop_txt 'Local Stop' string
30 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M1_Inverted false bool
31 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M1_txt 'Overtemp' string
32 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M2_Inverted false bool
33 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M2_txt 'Overload' string
34 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M3_Inverted false bool
35 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.M3_txt 'Not Available' string
36 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.ME_txt 'Ctrl Voltage Trip' string
37 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.ModeTr true bool
38 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.StatusTr true bool
39 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.StwCen true bool
40 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.StwField false bool
41 cBMI.MOT1_VVVF.Warning_txt 'Summary Warning' string
42 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.ExternalSPLimits 0 dint
43 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.ExternalStartSpeedSP 0 dint
44 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.FB3Mode 0 dint
45 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.ExternalFB3RunLimit 0 dint
46 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.ExternalFB3OffLimit 0 dint
47 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.DirX_txt Direction X string
48 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.DirY_txt Direction Y string
49 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.IndTr2NotDirDepending 0 dint
50 cBMI.MOT2_VVVF.FB3Txt Speed Supervision string

6.3 OPERATION

6.3.1 Graphic Elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
MOT2_VVVF
information as symbol.

Displays object control information. Allows

MOT2_VVVFCtrl
direct entry of set-point..

MOT2_VVVFSymbol Object status information as symbol.

MOT2_VVVFFBTxt Object feedback information as text.

MOT2_VVVFIntTxt Object interlock information as text.

MOT2_VVVFStaTxt Object status information as text.
MOT2_VVVFMCandUnit Displays the actual motor current.
StartCnt Displays object start counter value.
RunTimeCnt Displays object run time.

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

6.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on MOT2VVVF Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on MOT2_VVVF Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description
Change control point to sequence:
Start MOT2_VVVF, or restart The object is controlled automatically
after direction change from the application program in the
controller
Change control point to central:
Stop MOT2_VVVF The object is controlled manually
from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change control point to local
Direction control F/H The object is controlled locally in the field
Preselection for direction 1(X) via a local panel with push buttons.
(Forward, High, Right or Fast). Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local
Direction control R/L
Preselection for direction 2(Y) Set mode to Auto
(Reverse, Low, Left or Slow).
Change Operation Mode to
SPExt: External set point written Set mode to Manual
from the application.
Change Operation Mode to
SPInt: Set point entered from the Acknowledge alarm
faceplate.

6.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point &

Mode

Motor Status

Warning and Actual Current

Alarm in Percentage of
Indication Nominal

Actual Current
Value

Actual Speed
Speed feedback
indication

Actual Direction Speed Set point

& Direction Indication for X/Y
Preselection
indication
Speed Set point
Mode
Extended Info Internal/ External

First Extended Second

View Extended View
for detailed for detailed
information and information and

6.3.2.2 First Extended View

Additional information for the MOT2_VVVF is structured in tabs. The available tabs and
a short description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
Interlock Interlock indication and interlock blocking
PCC Interlock PCC interlock indication
Alarm Alarm indication and alarm blocking
Trend Actual current value online trend
Group Corresponding Drive Group issues
Maintenance Maintenance issues

6.3.2.2.1 Interlocks

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the motor
must be started from Seq or Cen again.
IAY Combined Auto-start and Chain Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
interlock for direction 2(Y).
If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central Auto
Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 130
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Type of interlock Description

This can be used to start and stop an object by
process once the group or operator has put it to
Auto.
If “true” motor starts or re-starts with direction
2(Y)
If “false” motor stops, when running in direction
2(Y)

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the motor
must be started from Seq or Cen again.
PDX Chain interlock, previous drive for Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
direction 1(X). Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
starting as long as the interlock is on 1(X).
PDY Chain interlock, previous drive for Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
direction 2(Y). Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
starting as long as the interlock is on 2(Y).

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol.

6.3.2.2.2 PCC Interlocks

Reference Table, PCC Interlocks

Type of interlock
ICX Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
ICY Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
IBX Same functionality like IB1 for direction 1(X) as described on Interlock chapter.
IBY Same functionality like IB1 for direction 2(Y) as described on Interlock chapter.
IAX Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
IAY Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
PDX Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.
PDY Same functionality as described on Interlock chapter.

For possible configuration setting for Interlock Type and Interlock Direction refer to PCC, Interlock
Bus (Process Control Connection) at Basic Object Reference Manual.

6.3.2.2.3 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB alarms below.
Direct Motor incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. overtemp
Ø M2 MCC supervision e.g. overload
Ø M3 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø RUN Main Contactor on/off. Supervision for both directions. One delay
timer.
Ø FB1 Supervision of “functional backsignal” e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer. Pulsed feedback supported as well with actual
Period time 133ccor on the Faceplate.
Ø FB2 Supervision of “functional backsignal” e.g. rotation, pressure, flow
switch. Delay timer
Ø FB3X Supervision the speed after Start up or after Stop for direction 1(X).
Ø FB3Y Supervision the speed after Start up or after Stop for direction 2(Y).
NB : FB1, FB2 and FB3 are overridden in Local Mode on LcbStart
Additionally Direct Motor incorporates the following 2 Warnings (does not trip the motor):
· HighCurrent : Supervision of motor current. Can be indicated simultaneously with
one on the alarms/faults above.
· Deviation High / Low : Supervision of the Difference between the Actual Speed
and Set Point
· General Warning : User Defined Warning

Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1/M2/M3 signal input level can be changed to 0
for normal status by project constants.
In total, 4 AlarmCond Blocks are used:
· one for M1, M2, M3, LCB, and RUN, FB1, FB2, FB3X, FB3Y not going on
(Contactor On/Trip Alarm)
· one for RUN, FB1 and FB2, FB3X, FB3Y not going Off (Contactor Off/Frc Alarm)
· one for High Current Alarm
· one for the Deviation Alarm
First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.

All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Reference Table, Alarms

Type of alarm Description
IOS Input/Output error Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this
specific motor (no alarm generated)
ME Main control voltage Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no
alarm generated). Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB
alarms below
M1 MCC interface signal 1 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is “Overtemp” starting as long as the alarm is on.
M2 MCC interface signal 2 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is “Overload” starting as long as the alarm is on.
M3 MCC interface signal 3 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is “Availability” starting as long as the alarm is on.
LCB Local Stop A local stop from the local control box was
performed by the operator due to an emergency
in the plant. Local stop can always be done
independent from the POC/mode. The motor will
always turn to manual mode.
FB Feedback motor running in either The motor is not started within the pre-defined
on of the directions 1 (X) or 2 (Y) feedback time. The feedback time is a parameter
that can be tuned via the Parameter List and is
set per default to 2s.
FB1 Functional Back signal 1 The FB1 signal is not coming within the pre-
e.g. Speed Switch defined feedback time. The feedback time is a
parameter that can be tuned via the Parameter
List and is set per default to 10s.
FB2 Functional Back signal 2 Like FB1, but without support for Pulsed Signals
e.g. Pressure Switch
FB3 Functional Back signal 3 for Configurable as Alarm or warning to speed
X direction 1(X) supervision at starting, running or stopping.
Speed Supervision Refer to chapter Speed Supervision.
FB3 Functional Back signal 3 for Configurable as Alarm or warning to speed
Y direction 2(Y) supervision at starting, running or stopping.
Speed Supervision Refer to chapter Speed Supervision.

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false” the alarm is active.
All alarms are shown on MOT2_VVVF graphic Element directly and on the
MOT2_VVVF Tag.

6.3.2.2.4 Trend
On-Line trend with actual current, speed and speed setpoint

Zoom out (Y-Axis)

Record Time
Show / Hide Grid

Switch between actual current, speed

and speed setpoint and actual current in
percentage of nominal.

Select or deselect the value to prsent in

trend.

Moving over the trend area a curser will appear, showing traces’ value and record time

6.3.2.2.5 Group

This motor will be started to direction X in

start step 15 and in start step 16 to
direction Y.

This motor will be stopped from direction

X in stop step 15 with a delay of 10s and
in stop step 16 from direction Y, with a
delay of 10s.

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Step Description Delay Preselection
Start X Sequential start order Start delay of the Preselection Condition
of the motor to motor to direction e.g P2 or P1 | P3 & ! P1
direction 1(X) within 1(X) (P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
the Drive Group
Stop X Sequential stop order Stop delay of the n.a
of the motor from motor from
direction 1(X) within direction 1(X)
the Drive Group
Start Y Sequential start order Start delay of the Preselection Condition
of the motor to motor to direction e.g P3 | P4
direction 2(Y) within 2(Y) P3 or P4
the Drive Group
Stop Y Sequential stop order Stop delay of the n.a
of the motor from motor from
direction 2(Y) within direction 2(Y)
the Drive Group
No of Steps Max number of steps n.a. n.a.
in the Drive Group

F When a motor is not a member of a Drive Group, the Start Step and Stop Step are “0”

6.3.2.2.6 Maintenance

Last Reset Time

F “Out of Service” and “Allow Alarm during Simulation” Checkbox and Reset Counters
button are only accessible when you are logged on as a System Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

Description
Out of Service When this box is checked the motor is put out of service and is not
taken into account anymore by the corresponding Drive Group
Allow Alarm during Alarming during simulation can be enabled for testing the simulated
Simulation interface signals of an individual motor while the rest of the group
remains in simulation
Maintenance Mode Set the Drive to Maintenance Sub-Mode. This Checkbox is only
available if the Project is configured to allow Maintenance Mode
Last Trip Reason Contains the Text of the Interlock, Alarm or PCC Message from the
Time of the Last Trip
Last Trip Time The Last Date and Time the Motor tripped
Number of Starts Number of starts of the motor
Run Time Time in hours that the motor has been running
Reset Counters Reset button, to reset Number of starts and Run Time
Last Reset Time Date and Time the Number of Starts and Run Time was last reset

F Note that there is an additional Parameter in the Aspect System that defines the
Operators ability to change the Setpoint on a stopped MOT2_VVVF on “BMI
ModeControl”: Common.Setpoint.EnSPChngWhileStopped, which can be used in
addition to the Start Speed SP settings in the Maintenance Tab.

Parameter Drive Mode Default Setpoint Value if Drive not

“ExternalStart running
SpeedSP”
true any Parameter “StartSpeedSP”
Seq or Cen Start Speed SP in Faceplate
false
Loc 0.0 (or nearest SP limit if outside)

6.3.2.3 Second Extended View

Extra Additional information for the MOT2_VVVF is structured in tabs. The available
tabs and a short description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
SP XLimits Setpoint X limit settings
SP YLimits Setpoint Y limit settings
Dev Limits Deviation limit settings

6.3.2.3.1 SP XLimits
Settings related to the Setpoint for Direction1 (X)

Settings related to the Setpoint

Reference Table, Limits

Description
Setpoint XH Speed set point high limit
Setpoint XL Speed set point low limit
Setpoint SpeedX Rate of change Limitation for the SetpointX in %/S
Enable Auto Calc for Auto Calculation sets the Stepsize to a multiple of 10 times 1 or 5
Inc/Dec StepX dependent on the Range of the Setpoint
Inc/Dec StepX If “Enable Auto Calc for Inc/Dec Step” is not set, the Stepsize used for
the Inc/Dec Buttons and the Direct Entry Window can be set manually
Enable relative If set, the Max Increase / Decrease Values are enforced
Limits for Entry
Window
Max IncreaseX The Direct Entry Window’s high limit is set to the current Value plus
the Value given here
Max DecreaseX The Direct Entry Window’s low limit is set to the current Value minus
the Value given here
Use last Speed as When this box is checked, the Start Speed SP tracks the Speed
Start SpeedX Setpoint if the Motor is running
Start Speed SPX Initial Set Point when starting the Motor
FB3X Run Limit Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step On fullfilled for DirX
FB3X Run Delay Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimX
Hysteresis Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond, same param for X and Y
FB3X Off Lim Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step Off fullfilled for DirX

Description
FB3X OffDelay Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimX

6.3.2.3.2 SP YLimits
Settings related to the Setpoint for Direction2 (Y)

Settings related to the Setpoint

Reference Table, Limits

Description
Setpoint YH Speed set point high limit
Setpoint YL Speed set point low limit
Setpoint SpeedY Rate of change Limitation for the SetpointY in %/S
Enable Auto Calc for Auto Calculation sets the Stepsize to a multiple of 10 times 1 or 5
Inc/Dec StepY dependent on the Range of the Setpoint
Inc/Dec StepY If “Enable Auto Calc for Inc/Dec Step” is not set, the Stepsize used for
the Inc/Dec Buttons and the Direct Entry Window can be set manually
Enable relative If set, the Max Increase / Decrease Values are enforced
Limits for Entry
Window
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 140
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Description
Max IncreaseY The Direct Entry Window’s high limit is set to the current Value plus
the Value given here
Max DecreaseY The Direct Entry Window’s low limit is set to the current Value minus
the Value given here
Use last Speed as When this box is checked, the Start Speed SP tracks the Speed
Start SpeedY Setpoint if the Motor is running
Start Speed SPY Initial Set Point when starting the Motor
FB3Y Run Limit Min Speed Value as Part of Run condition to Step On fullfilled for DirX
FB3Y Run Delay Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimX
Hysteresis Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond, same param for X and Y
FB3Y Off Lim Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step Off fullfilled for DirY
FB3Y OffDelay Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimY

6.3.2.3.3 Dev Limits

This Tab shows the Settings for the Deviation Alarm (MV – SP)

Reference Table, Limits

Description
Dev H Deviation high limit
Dev L Deviation low limit
Dev Hyst Deviation hysteresis
Dev Delay Deviation alarm time delay

F When the deviation limits are changed from the faceplate, you must take into
consideration that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a
cold restart / reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the
corresponding controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding
MOT2_VVVF control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values
from the Faceplate.

6.4 Speed Feedback Supervision (FB3)

The Speed Supervision function is similar to the MOT1_VVVF, but available for both
Direction X and Y with independent configuration.

6.4.1.1 Available Parameters

CM Parameter References, also see chapter Parameter Description.
No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
47 FB3Mode dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Enable FB3, 0=None, 1=FB3RunX,
VVVF.FB3M 2=FB3OffX, 4=FB3RunY, 8=FB3OffY,
ode 16=FB3OffX_EnTrip, 32=FB3OffY_EnTrip,
binary com
48 ExternalFB3Ru dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=None, 1=X , 2=Y ,
nLimit VVVF.Extern 3=X&Y by Application
alFB3RunLi
mit
49 FB3RunSpeed real 0.0 0 in IN: Min Speed value as part of Run condition to
LimX Step On fullfilled for DirX
50 FB3RunSpeed time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimX
TimeX s
51 FB3RunSpeed real 0.0 0 in IN: Min Speed value as part of Run condition to
LimY Step On fullfilled for DirY
52 FB3RunSpeed time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3RunSpeedLimY
TimeY s
53 FB3RunSpeed real 1.0 0 in IN: Deviation Hysteresis in %, used to calculate
Hyst IO.Out.DrvRunSpeedCond, same param for X
and Y
54 ExternalFB3Of dint cBMI.MOT2_ 0 in IN: Control ExternalFB3, 0=None, 1=X , 2=Y ,
fLimit VVVF.Extern 3=X&Y by Application
alFB3OffLimi
t
55 FB3OffSpeedL real 100.0 0 in IN: Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to
imX Step Off fullfilled for DirX
56 FB3OffSpeedT time cBMI.Time10 0 in IN: Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimX
imeX s
57 FB3OffSpeedL real 100.0 0 in Min Speed Value as Part of Off condition to Step
imY On fullfilled for DirY
58 FB3OffSpeedT time cBMI.Time10 0 in Maximum delay time for FB3OffSpeedLimY
imeY s
59 FB3Txt string cBMI.Empty 0 in IN: Description text for FB3, for NLS support use
_str ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
125 GrpFB3OffSte dint cBMI.DINT_ 0 in IN: Go to next stop step: 0=wait till ActSpeed
pOverride 0 =<FB3OffSpeedLim, 1=FB3OffSpeedLim to be
ok/Warn/Trip, 2=Ignore OffSpeedLim and
continue
With the Parameter FB3Mode the speed supervision function is configured.
These Options are possible:
Description
FB3Mode = 0 None
FB3Mode = 1 FB3RunX, Speed supervision at starting or during operation for
Dir1(X)
FB3Mode = 2 FB3OffX, Speed supervision at stopping for Dir1(X)
FB3Mode = 4 FB3RunY, Speed supervision at starting or during operation for
Dir2(Y)
FB3Mode = 8 FB3OffY, Speed supervision at stopping for Dir2(Y)
FB3Mode = 16 FB3OffX_EnTrip, enable tripping on speed supervision at stopping for
Dir1(X)
FB3Mode = 32 FB3OffY_EnTrip, enable tripping on speed supervision at stopping for
Dir2(Y)

F Binary combination is possible.

As an example by setting FB3Mode = 4+2 =6 following functionality is configured:

FB3OffX, FB3RunY

6.4.2 Faceplate Control Permission

By the Property Attribute Override Aspect, the faceplate Write permissions (IntPar,
SPIntPar) can be configured according the plants access and permission concept. This
can be done in the Control Structure or in the Object Type Structure.

6.4.3 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

6.4.3.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the MOT2_VVVF object the following message structure
applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [STOP REASON] + [SPSUBMODE] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]

[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in forced condition

[STOP REASON] Description

QSP Stopped from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Stopped from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqStop
CSP Stopped from the faceplate
FSP Stopped from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Stopped from process panel. Command from panel
IOS Stopped due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Stopped due to ME alarm
SQX Stopped due to Sequence Interlock X from the group
SQY Stopped due to Sequence Interlock Y from the group
ICX Stopped due to ICX interlock
ICY Stopped due to ICY interlock
IB1 Stopped due to IB1 interlock
IB2 Stopped due to IB2 interlock
IB3 Stopped due to IB3 interlock
IB4 Stopped due to IB4 interlock
IAX Stopped due to IAX interlock
IAY Stopped due to IAY interlock
PDX Stopped due to Previous Drive direction X

[STOP REASON] Description

PDY Stopped due to Previous Drive direction Y

[SPSUBMODE] Description
SPExt Set Point external coming from IO.In.ExtSpeedRef
SPInt Set Point internal coming from the faceplate

[BLOCK LIST] Description

- No blockings active
IB1 IB1 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB2 IB2 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB3 IB3 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB4 IB4 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IAX IAX interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IAY IAY interlock is blocked in the faceplate
FB1 Feedback fault 1 is blocked in the faceplate
FB2 Feedback fault 2 is blocked in the faceplate
FB3X Feedback fault 3 is blocked in the faceplate in X
direction or direction 1
FB3Y Feedback fault 3 is blocked in the faceplate in X
direction or direction 1
PDX Previous Drive X is blocked in the faceplate
PDY Previous Drive Y is blocked in the faceplate

6.4.3.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message is depending on the Alarm
text only, defined in the control module parameters. For MOT2_VVVF the following
messages are available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
M2 M2Txt
M3 M3Txt
Local Stop LcbStopTxt
Contactor Fault FdBckTxt
Feedback 1 Fault FB1Txt
Feedback 2 Fault FB2Txt
Feedback 3X Fault FB3Txt
Feedback 3Y Fault FB3Txt

In case NLS is not used for Alarm and Event Messages (Project Constant
cBMI.AE.AE_NLS_Used is set to False), a suffix to FB3Txt will be added that gives the
reason for the Alarm.
Suffix Text Constant Reason
OnX cBMI.AE.FB3XFail_On_SuffixTxt FB3X not true after starting
drive at X Direction or
direction 1 and FBTime
elappsed
TripX cBMI.AE.FB3XFail_Trip_SuffixTxt FB3X goes false while running
drive at X Direction or
direction 1 and run speed
supervision configured as trip
OffX cBMI.AE.FB3XFail_Off_SuffixTxt FB3X not false after FBTime of
stopping the drive from X
Direction or Direction 1
FrcX cBMI.AE.FB3XFail_Frc_SuffixTxt FB3X goes true while stopped
and lst order was X Direction
or Direction1
OnY cBMI.AE.FB3YFail_On_SuffixTxt FB3Y not true after starting
drive at Y Direction or
direction 2 and FBTime
elappsed
TripY cBMI.AE.FB3YFail_Trip_SuffixTxt FB3Y goes false while running
drive at Y Direction or
direction 2 and run speed
supervision configured as trip
OffY cBMI.AE.FB3YFail_Off_SuffixTxt FB3Y not false after FBTime of
stopping the drive from Y
Direction or Direction 2
FrcY cBMI.AE.FB3YFail_Frc_SuffixTxt FB3Y goes true while stopped
and lst order was Y Direction
or Direction 2

7. MOTP

7.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type MOTP is used to control a motorized valve or damper with or
without analog position feedback in a drive group or standalone.
Additionally to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for MOTP:
· 2 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Overload & Availability
· 2 digital position limit feedback signals with error indication if both are present at the
same time
· 2 running feedback signals
· 2 Safety-, 2 Chain / Auto-, 2 process interlocks (always one per direction)
· 2 Force commands (one per direction)
· Automatic position control either with internal or external set point,
· Automatic Position and deviation control with
· 1 Analog Input and 2 Digital Ouputs
· 1 Analog Input and 1 Analog Output
· Position set point low and high limitation
· Position Deviation Alarm

7.2 CONTROL

7.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

The default view is shown, it’s possible to modify the visibility of ports per Instance in
CBM.

7.2.2 Parameter description

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
1 Name string[24] 'Name' yes in INIT: Tag name of the actuator

2 Description string[40] 'Description' yes in IN : Description of the actuator

3 IO MOTPData default yes in_out IN/OUT: MOTPData Variable

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

4 Stw STWData default yes in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module STW
left (startwarning)
5 Group GrpDrvCon default yes in_out IN/OUT: Connection to control module GROUP
left (sequencer)
6 GrpPosX1Step dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Start step no 1..999 for "go to position X", if
0 set to 0 -> not part of group sequence
7 GrpPosY1Step dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Start step no 1..999 for "got to position Y", if
0 set to 0 -> not part of group sequence
8 GrpAutoStep dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Start step no 1..999 for "switch to Auto or
0 E1", if set to 0 -> not part of group sequence
9 GrpPosX2Step dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Stop step only executed during group full stop
0 no 1001..1999 for "go to position X", if set to 0 ->
not part of group sequence
10 GrpPosY2Step dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Stop step only executed during group full stop
0 no 1001..1999 for "go to position Y", if set to 0 ->
not part of group sequence
11 GrpManStep dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: Stop step no 1001..1999 for "switch to
0 manual", if set to 0 -> not part of group sequence
12 GrpPosX1Dela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay for direction X when started from
y group start sequence
13 GrpPosY1Dela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay for direction Y when started from
y group start sequence
14 GrpPosX2Dela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay for direction X when started from
y group stop sequence
15 GrpPosY2Dela time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Start delay for direction Y when started from
y group stop sequence
16 GrpAutoDelay time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Delay for switching to auto when ordered
from group start sequence
17 GrpManDelay time cBMI.Time0s yes in IN: Delay for switching to manual when ordered
from group stop sequence
18 QStopMode dint cBMI.DINT_ yes in IN: QuickStop Mode. 0 = stop at actual position,
0 1= go to position X, 2= go to position Y
19 PreSelectionX string[50] cBMI.Empty yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
20 PreSelectionY string[50] cBMI.Empty yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
_str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
21 PreSelectionA string[50] cBMI.Empty yes in IN: PreBins the consumer is assigned to. Syntax:
uto _str P1&P2|P3&N4 (= P1 AND P2 OR P3 AND NOT
P4). AND before OR. Max 5x OR. No Spaces
allowed.
22 IOStatus1 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
23 IOStatus2 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
24 IOStatus3 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board
0
25 IOStatus4 dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Status signal of related IO-Board / Serial
0 Interface
26 ME bool true yes in_out IN: Main control voltage distribution OK
left
27 M1 bool true yes in_out IN: MCC interface signal 1, default "Overload"
left
28 M2 bool true yes in_out IN: MCC interface signal 2, default "Availability"
left
29 M3 bool true yes in_out IN: MCC interface signal 3
left
30 TorqueInverted bool false no in IN: Torque signal inverted. If true, signal torque
alarm is logical true
31 TorqueX bool true yes in IN: Torque switch direction X

32 TorqueXTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for torque error direction X
TorqueX_txt (Torque error Not delayed), for NLS support use
||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
33 TorqueY bool true yes in IN: Torque switch direction Y

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

34 TorqueYTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for torque error direction Y
TorqueY_txt (Torque error Not delayed), for NLS support use
||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
35 FdBckRunX bool false yes in_out IN: Run feedback signal directionX. By default
left "ContactorX On"
36 FdBckRunY bool false yes in_out IN: Run feedback signal directionY. By default
left "ContactorY On"
37 FdBckTime time cBMI.Time2s no in IN: Maximum delay time of contactor response

38 DirChgTime time cBMI.Time2s no in IN: Down time when changing direction. If 0,

down time is one task cycle
39 FBinverted bool false no in IN: Feedback signals inverted.If true, signal
"position reached" is logical 0
40 FBPosX bool false yes in_out IN: Feed back signal "Position X reached"
left
41 FBPosXTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for position error X, for NLS
FBPosX_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
42 FBPosY bool false yes in_out IN: Feed back signal "Position Y reached"
left
43 FBPosYTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for position error Y, for NLS
FBPosY_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
44 FBTime time time#1m5s no in IN: Maximum delay time of FBX/Y response.
Must be greater than travel time from X to Y
45 HoldTime time time#5s no in IN: Time delay for alarm annunc., MOTP tries to
reach limit switch again once he lost it, by setting
the HoldTime to 0s this can be disabled
46 LcbStartX bool false yes in_out IN: Start direction X signal (pulse) from field LCB.
left Start = 1
47 LcbStartY bool false yes in_out IN: Start direction Y signal (pulse) from field LCB.
left Start = 1
48 LcbStop bool true yes in_out IN: Any stop command (stop, not remote..) from
left LCB. Stop = 0
49 LcbRem bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
MOT1_LCB
50 LcbLoc bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Loc or Tst depending on config in
MOT1_LCB
51 LcbMaint bool false yes in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
left user defined config in MOTP_LCB
52 LcbInchingMod bool false no in IN: Typically for LCBs with push buttons.
e Energizes motor long as push button is being
pressed
53 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
0 LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig,
54 OrdX bool false yes out OUT: Start Order X. Output to contactor X (e.g.
forward, open, etc).
55 OrdY bool false yes out OUT: Start Order Y. Output to contactor Y
(reverse, close, etc).
56 OrdAO RealIO default yes out OUT: Analog Output for Analog Controlled
Dampers
57 RFSonSigErr bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN False: If true, the drive remains Ready for
RFSonSigErr Start even if OrdAO or ActualValue Signal Error
is active
58 LocAlarmAck bool false no out OUT: Alarm reset pulse (e.g. to reset alarms in
SCP's)
59 IAXTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain interlock signal
_str direction X, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
60 IAYTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain interlock signal
_str direction Y, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
61 IBXTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for process interlock signal
_str direction X, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

62 IBYTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for process interlock signal
_str direction Y, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
63 ICXTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal
_str direction X, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
64 ICYTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal
_str direction Y, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
65 DirXTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for direction X (e.g. forward,
DirX_txt open, up, etc), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
66 DirYTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for direction Y (e.g. reverse,
DirY_txt close, down, etc), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
67 ForcedXTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for forced direction X (e.g.
ForcedX_txt forward, open, up, etc), for NLS support use
||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
68 ForcedYTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for forced direction Y (e.g.
ForcedY_txt reverse, close, down, etc), for NLS support use
||IL_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
69 StwCen bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
StwCen triggered, when started from Central/Sequenc
70 StwField bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
StwField triggered, when started from field (from LCB)
71 AnalogCtrl bool false no in IN false: If true OrdAO is used instead of OrdX
and OrdY, ConPU and FdBackRun errors are
disabled
72 EnAuto bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN false: Mode Auto enable
EnAuto
73 EnE1 bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN false: Mode E1 (external setpoint) enable. If
EnE1 EnAuto is FALSE and EnE1 is TRUE the
GrpAutoStep sets the MOTP to E1
74 EnSeq bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
EnSeq
75 EnCen bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN true: Point of control Central enable
EnCen
76 EnLoc bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN true: Point of control Local enable
EnLoc
77 EnMaint bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
EnMaint
78 EnFPLStopInA bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN true: If false stop from faceplate only works in
llModes EnFPLStopI POC Central
nAllModes
79 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
0 Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
80 Class dint 1 no in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
81 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Ala no in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rmTr (1=lowest)
82 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Inte no in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rlockTr (1=lowest)
83 DevTr dint cBMI.MOTP. no in INIT: Alarm treatment for deviation: -1 no AE; 0 =
DevTr Event ; 1,2,3 = ALPrio# (1=lowest)
84 ModeTr bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: True enables events on mode change
ModeTr
85 StatusTr bool cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: True enables events on status (position)
StatusTr change
86 IOStatTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
IOS_txt (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
87 IOStat4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usally
_str used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
88 METxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
ME_txt supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

89 M1Txt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
M1_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
90 M2Txt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for alarm M2, for NLS
M2_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
91 M3Txt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for alarm M3, for NLS
M3_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
92 LcbStopTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Stopped", for
LocalStop_tx NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
t in the text
93 FdBckTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in INIT: Description text for alarm "Main Contactor
Contactor_al Error", for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix
_txt and no space in the text
94 XYErrTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Error text for: X and Y postition feedback
XYErr_txt present at the same time, for NLS support use
||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
95 WarningTxt string[35] cBMI.MOTP. no in IN: Description text for warning (warning does
Warning_txt not stop the Motor), for NLS support use
||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in the text
96 GrpX1Override bool false no in IN: If true, backsignal X to Group for RUN
calculation is set constant 1
97 GrpY1Override bool false no in IN: If true, backsignal Y to Group for RUN
calculation is set constant 1
98 GrpX2Override bool false no in IN: If true, backsignal X to Group for OFF
calculation is set constant 0
99 GrpY2Override bool false no in IN: If true, backsignal Y to Group for OFF
calculation is set constant 0
100 GrpAutoOverri bool false no in IN: If true, backsignal AutoMode to Group for
de RUN calculation is set constant 1
101 GrpManOverri bool false no in IN: If true, backsignal ManMode to Group for
de OFF calculation is set constant 0
102 GrpTripXOverri bool false no in IN: If true, a trip of direction X will not initiate an
de auto change over of the preselections
103 GrpTripYOverri bool false no in IN: If true, a trip of direction Y will not initiate an
de auto change over of the preselections
104 GrpTripAutoOv bool false no in IN: If true, a trip in AutoMode will not initiate an
erride auto change over of the preselections
105 AlarmAck bool false no in IN: Alarm acknowledge

106 ActualValue RealIO default yes in_out IN: Analog signal: actual position in %
left
107 EnExtPUSettin bool false no in IN: false = settings from Operate IT, true =
gs external PU settings can be used
108 DeadBand real 2 no in COLD INIT: Deadband in %. no corrective action
if actual value - setpoint is within deadband
109 ReCalcTime time time#10s no in COLD INIT: Cycle time for re-calculation of pulse
length. If 0, calculation of pulse every task cycle
110 MinPulseTime time time#0.2s no in COLD INIT: Miminum pulse length

111 GapTime time time#0s no in COLD INIT: Actuator gap. time which is added to
the pulse when direction is changed
112 TravelTime time time#1m no in COLD INIT: Total travel time from position X to
position Y
113 GainX real 1 no in COLD: Gain for pulse length calculation when
moving in direction X
114 GainY real 1 no in COLD: Gain for pulse length calculation when
moving in direction Y
115 TrackMan bool true no in IN: Auto setpoint tracks the actual value when
manual mode
116 TrackE1 bool true no in IN: Auto setpoint tracks the external reference
when E1 mode
117 SetpH real 100 no in COLD INIT: Inital setpoint high limit

118 SetpL real 0 no in COLD INIT: Initial setpoint low limit

7.2.3 Data Type description

Together with the MOTP Control Module Type a Structured Data Type MOTPData is
available. This makes it possible to create one Global Variable in the application for each
motor instance.
MOTPData contains the four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel.

MOTPData; components
Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description
Value
1 In MOTPInput retain Input variables to the motor
2 Out MOTPOutput retain Output variables from the motor
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus, PriorityCommand/Interlock from
Input modules to motor
4 ProcessPanel PanelLinkCons retain Interface from / to Process Panel
AndSP

MOTPInput; components
Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description
Value
PreSelX bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Dir X,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
1 parameterized PreSelection is not used.
PreSelY bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Dir Y,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
2 parameterized PreSelection is not used.
PreSelXStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
Dir X, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to
3 reduce IndTr to Warning
PreSelYStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
Dir Y, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to
4 reduce IndTr to Warning
PreSelAut bool retain hidden true IN true: true = drive is pre-selected for Auto mode,
connected to PreBinData.PreSel in case
5 parameterized PreSelection is not used.
PreSelAutStd bool retain hidden false IN true: true = drive is pre-selected as standby for
By Auto mode, only used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1
6 to reduce IndTr to Warning
7 SeqPosX bool retain hidden 0 Start command direction X
8 SeqPosY bool retain hidden 0 Start command direction Y
9 SeqStop bool retain hidden 0 Stop Command
10 SeqAut bool retain Set auto command
11 SeqE1 bool retain 0 Set E1 (external) mode
12 SeqMan bool retain Set manual command
13 SetSeq bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Seq
14 SetCen bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Cen
15 SetLoc bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Loc
ForcedX bool retain 1 Forced direction X, if 0 -> drive is forced to dir X,
16 disregarding any interlock
ForcedY bool retain 1 Forced direction Y, if 0 -> drive is forced to dir Y,
17 disregarding any interlock
18 ICX bool retain 1 Safety interlock direction X
19 ICY bool retain 1 Safety interlock direction Y
IBX bool retain 1 Process interlock direction X, not active in Local
20 mode
IBY bool retain 1 Process interlock direction Y, not active in Local
21 mode
IAX bool retain 1 Chain interlock direction X. Not included in RFS
22 signal.
IAY bool retain 1 Chain interlock direction Y. Not included in RFS
23 signal.
24 E1Ref real retain 0 External setpoint if in E1 mode
Warning bool retain false IN false: External Warning for the motor control,
25 creates a warning if true, no stop of the motor

MOTPOutput; components
Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description
Value
1 Man bool retain Signal indicating manual mode
nosort
2 Auto bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is in Auto
nosort mode.
3 E1 bool retain Signal indicating E1 mode
nosort
4 Seq bool retain Indication of point of operation SEQuence.
nosort
5 Cen bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is in central
nosort operation mode.
6 Loc bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is in local
nosort operation mode.
7 Maint bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance mode.
nosort
8 OutOfSrv bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is Out Of Service
nosort
9 TripX bool retain Tripped direction X indication. activated by M1, M2,
nosort M3, M4, AlarmXandY, AlarmFdBckCls,
AlarmFdBckOpn, AlarmFBX, AlarmTorqueX
10 TripY bool retain Tripped direction Y indication. activated by M1, M2,
nosort M3, M4, AlarmXandY, AlarmFdBckCls,
AlarmFdBckOpn, AlarmFBY, AlarmTorqueY
11 Rfs bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is Ready
nosort For Start.
12 RfsX bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is ready for
nosort open
13 RfsY bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is ready for
nosort close.
14 NoIntX bool retain No interlocks. The motorized damper is ready for start
nosort and no IA interlock.
15 NoIntY bool retain No interlocks. The motorized damper is ready for start
nosort and no IA interlock.
16 PosX bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is active in
nosort open position
17 PosY bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is active in
nosort closed position
18 Run bool retain Signal indicating that the motorized damper is moving.
nosort condition is: (FdBckRunX and StartedX) or
(FdBckRunY and StartedY)
19 OrdX bool retain Output order to open (also enabled during simulation)
nosort
20 OrdY bool retain Output order to close (also enabled during simulation)
nosort
21 Deviation real retain Output indicating deviation: actual value - setpoint
nosort
22 DevH bool retain Actual Deviation > High alarm limit
nosort
23 DevL bool retain Actual Deviation < Low alarm limit
nosort
24 H bool retain Setpoint high limit reached
nosort
25 L bool retain Setpoint low limit reached
nosort
26 WSP real retain Working setpoint (either auto setpoint or E1 reference
nosort value)
27 ALNumber dint retain Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2 etc.)
nosort
28 ALPending bool retain Indication of Pending Alarm
nosort
29 ALUnack bool retain Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
nosort
30 FieldStartXReleas bool retain Field Start Release X is true in case of LOC is selected
e nosort and startconditions for the mode and direction are o.k.
31 FieldStartYReleas bool retain Field Start Release Y is true in case of LOC is selected
e nosort and startconditions for the mode and directions are o.k.
32 ForcedRun bool retain Indicating forced run, motor started by e.g. hardwired

Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description

Value
nosort LCB
33 FdBckOffErr bool retain Main Contactor failed to open error (Feedback Off
nosort Alarm present)
34 SigErr bool retain Signal Error summing OrdAO and ActualValue Sig
nosort Error Status
35 FirstOrMaxAETag string[32] retain '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
nosort Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor, Group
or Valve
36 FirstOrMaxAEIndT dint retain 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or
r nosort Event causing an action accroding to Minerals Library
Alarm Indication Standards
37 LastTripTxt string[40] retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
38 LastTrip date_and retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
_time

PanelLinkConsAndSP; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Status dint retain nosort hidden Object Status Indication (Ready, Run, NotRFS etc.)
2 StatusModes dint retain nosort hidden Object Modes Indication (Seq, Cen, Loc etc.)
3 Cmd dint retain nosort hidden 99 Commands from Panel to Consumers
4 CmdModes dint retain nosort hidden 99 Mode Commands from Panel to Consumers
5 Blink bool retain nosort hidden Enabling of Consumer Blinking
6 Setpoint real retain nosort hidden Setpoint from Process Panel to Consumers
7 MeasValue real retain nosort hidden Measured Value from Consumer to Process Panel
8 EnSPField bool retain nosort hidden Enabling of Setpoint Input Field

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Ready_Off 0 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Ready_PosX 1 2 Central Mode 1
3 Ready_PosY 2 3 Local Mode 2
4 Run 3 4 Auto Mode 3
5 Run_PosX 4 5 AutoCen Mode 4
6 Run_PosY 5 6 External Mode 5
7 NotRFS_Off 6 7 ExternalCen Mode 6
8 NotRFS_PosX 7 8 Out Of Service 9
9 NotRFS_PosY B
10 Fault_Off 9
11 Fault_PosX 10
12 Fault_PosY 11
13 FaultNotRFS_Off 12
14 FaultNotRFS_PosX 13
15 FaultNotRFS_PosY 14

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 PosX 0 1 SetCen 0
2 PosY 1 2 SetSeq 1
3 AlarmAck 7 3 SetLoc 2
4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4
6 SetE1 5

7.2.4 Project Constants

Name Data Type Default Value
1 cBMI.MOTP.Contactor_al_txt 'Contactor Fault' string
2 cBMI.MOTP.DevTr 2 dint
3 cBMI.MOTP.DirX_txt 'Direction X' string
4 cBMI.MOTP.DirY_txt 'Direction Y' string
5 cBMI.MOTP.DisabledIntMaxIndTr 13 dint
cBMI.MOTP.DisableFPLLocIfLCBIsPOCMa true bool
6 ster
7 cBMI.MOTP.DisableFrcAlrInConPu false bool
8 cBMI.MOTP.DisableIAInLoc true bool
9 cBMI.MOTP.DisableIBInLoc true bool
10 cBMI.MOTP.DisableIBInMaint true bool
11 cBMI.MOTP.DisableICInMaint false bool
12 cBMI.MOTP.EnALFieldMode true bool
13 cBMI.MOTP.EnAuto 0 dint
14 cBMI.MOTP.EnCen true bool
15 cBMI.MOTP.EnE1 false bool
16 cBMI.MOTP.EnFdBckFrcAlr true bool
17 cBMI.MOTP.EnFPLStopInAllModes true bool
18 cBMI.MOTP.EnLoc true bool
19 cBMI.MOTP.EnMaint true bool
20 cBMI.MOTP.EnMaintInCenSeq false bool
21 cBMI.MOTP.EnMaintOnlyIfStopped false bool
22 cBMI.MOTP.EnSeq true bool
23 cBMI.MOTP.FBPosX_txt 'Position Err X' string
24 cBMI.MOTP.FBPosY_txt 'Position Err Y' string
25 cBMI.MOTP.FieldStopIfNotRemOrLoc true bool
26 cBMI.MOTP.ForcedX_txt 'Forced Dir X' string
27 cBMI.MOTP.ForcedY_txt 'Forced Dir Y' string
28 cBMI.MOTP.IOS4StopMotor True bool
29 cBMI.MOTP.IOS_txt 'I/O Error' string
30 cBMI.MOTP.KeepMaintInCenSeq false bool
31 cBMI.MOTP.LocalStop_txt 'Local Stop' string
32 cBMI.MOTP.M1_Inverted false bool
33 cBMI.MOTP.M1_txt 'Overload' string
34 cBMI.MOTP.M2_Inverted false bool
35 cBMI.MOTP.M2_txt 'Not Available' string
36 cBMI.MOTP.M3_Inverted false bool
37 cBMI.MOTP.M3_txt '' string
38 cBMI.MOTP.ME_txt 'Ctrl Voltage Trip' string
39 cBMI.MOTP.ModeTr true bool
40 cBMI.MOTP.PosDevErr_txt 'Position Deviation' string
41 cBMI.MOTP.RFSonSigErr false bool
42 cBMI.MOTP.StatusTr true bool
43 cBMI.MOTP.StwCen false bool
44 cBMI.MOTP.StwField false bool
45 cBMI.MOTP.TorqueX_txt 'Torque Pos X' string
46 cBMI.MOTP.TorqueY_txt 'Torque Pos Y' string
47 cBMI.MOTP.Warning_txt 'Summary Warning' string
48 cBMI.MOTP.XYErr_txt 'Limit Switch Err' string

7.3 OPERATION

7.3.1 Graphic elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
MOTP
information as symbol.

Displays object control information. Allows direct

MOTPCtrl
entry of set-point.

MOTPSymbol Object status information as symbol.

MOTPFBTxt Object feedback information as text.

MOTPIntTxt Object interlock information as text.

MOTPStaTxt Object status information as text.

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

7.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on MOTP Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on MOTP Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description
Change control point to sequence:
Open valve/damper The object is controlled automatically
Direction 1(X) from the application program in the
controller

Close valve/damper Change control point to central:

The object is controlled manually
Direction 2(Y)
from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change control point to local
The object is controlled locally in the field
Hold, Stops the positioning via a local panel with push buttons.
Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local
Change Operation Mode to Auto:
Increase Set point entered from the
Direction 1(X)
faceplate.
Change Operation Mode to
Decrease Manual: Opn / Cls Command from
Direction 2(Y) faceplate

Change Operation Mode to E1:

External set point written from the
Acknowledge alarm
application

7.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point &

Mode

Motor Status

Deviation
between the set
point and the Measured Value
measured value
Setpoint
Output Value

Actual Damper /
Valve position

Extended Info

Extended View
for detailed
information and
settings

For description of Extended Info see chapter: Extended Info, MOT1

Actual Damper / Description

Valve position
Opn NG MOTP DirX Indication of DirX position
NG MOTP DirX Indication of DirX position in tracking mode
Cls NG MOTP DirY Indication of DirY position
NG MOTP DirY Indication of DirY position in tracking mode

7.3.2.2 Extended View 1

The faceplate first extended view gives more detailed information about the MOTP,
such as:
Tab Description
Interlock Interlock indication and interlock blocking
PCC Interlock PCC interlock indication
Alarm Alarm indication and alarm blocking
Trend Actual position, position setpoint and analog output in case of analog
controlled actuator as on-line trend
Group Corresponding Drive Group issues
SPLimits Setpoint limit settings
Dev Deviation limit settings
Maintenance Maintenance issues

7.3.2.2.1 Interlocks

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

Type of interlock Description
ICX Safety interlock for direction 1(X) Stops the motor when running in direction
Active in all POC/modes. 1(X) and prevents the motor from starting in
this direction as long as the interlock is on.
ICY Safety interlock to direction 2(Y) Stops the motor when running in direction
Active in all POC/modes. 2(Y) and prevents the motor from starting as
in this direction long as the interlock is on.
IBX Process interlock to direction 1(X) Stops the motor to direction 1(X) and
Not active in POC Local prevents the motor from starting in this
direction as long as the interlock is on.
IBY Process interlock to direction 2(Y) Stops the motor to direction 2(Y) and
Not active in POC Local prevents the motor from starting in this
direction as long as the interlock is on.
IAX Combined Auto-start and Chain Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
interlock for direction 1(X).
If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central
This can be used to start and stop the Auto Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
object by process once the group or If “true” motor starts or re-starts with
operator has put it to Auto. direction 1(X)
If “false” motor stops, when running in
direction 1(X)

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the
motor must be started from Seq or Cen
again.
IAY Combined Auto-start and Chain Not included in Group ReadyForStart signal.
interlock for direction 2(Y).
If Object is in Seq Auto Mode or Central
This can be used to start and stop the Auto Mode IA Starts and Stops the Motor.
object by process once the group or If “true” motor starts or re-starts with
operator has put it to Auto. direction 2(Y)
If “false” motor stops, when running in
direction 2(Y)

If Object is in Seq Manual Mode or Central

Type of interlock Description

Manual mode, IA stops the motor and the
motor must be started from Seq or Cen
again.
FrcX Forced direction 1(X) The drive is forced from the application to run
in direction 1(X), disregarding any interlock
and alarm.
FrcY Forced direction 2(Y) The drive is forced from the application to run
in direction 2(Y), disregarding any interlock
and alarm

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol of the
object.

7.3.2.2.2 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1, M2, LCB alarms below.
Motorized Valve/Damper incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. overload
Ø M2 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø RUN Main Contactor on/off. Supervision for both directions. One delay
timer.
Ø FBX Supervision of “functional backsignal” FeedBack Position X
Ø FBY Supervision of “functional backsignal” FeedBack Position Y.
Timer delay
Ø XY Limit switch discrepancy supervision
Ø TorqueX Torque switch direction X supervision
Ø TorqueY Torque switch direction Y supervision
Ø DevH, DevL Position deviation from Setpoint supervision
Additionally, MOTP can indicate the following Warning (does not trip the motor):
· General Warning : User Defined Warning

Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1/M2 signal input level can be changed to 0 for
normal status by project constants.
In total, 4 AlarmCond Blocks are used:
· one for M1, M2, LCB, and RUN not I on (Contactor On/Trip Alarm), FBX and FBY,
XY, TorqueX and TorqueY
· one for RUN not going Off (Contactor Off/Frc Alarm)
· one for Deviation Alarm
First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.
All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Reference Table, Alarms

Type of alarm Description
IOS Input/Output error Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this
specific motor (no alarm generated)
ME Main control voltage Indication of main control voltage circuit fault
(no alarm generated). Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB
alarms below
M1 MCC interface signal 1 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is “Overload” starting as long as the alarm is on.
M2 MCC interface signal 2 Stops the motor and prevents the motor from
Default alarm text is “Available” starting as long as the alarm is on.
LCB Local Stop A local stop from the local control box was
performed by the operator due to an emergency
in the plant. Local stop can always be done
independent from the POC/mode. The motor
will always turn to manual mode.
FB Feedback motor running to The motor is not started within the pre-defined
direction 1 or X or 2 or Y feedback time. The feedback time is a
parameter that can be tuned via the Parameter
List and is set per default to 2s.
FBX Feedback motor running in The motor is not started within the pre-defined
direction 1(X) feedback time. The feedback time is a
parameter that can be tuned via the Parameter
List and is set per default to 2s.
FBY Feedback motor running in The motor is not started within the pre-defined
direction 2(Y) feedback time. The feedback time is a
parameter that can be tuned via the Parameter
List and is set per default to 2s.
XY Position feedback error X and Y position feedback signals are present at
the same time
TrqX Torque switch error to direction X Stops the motor to direction X and prevents the
motor from starting as long as the alarm is on
(Hardware).
TrqY Torque switch error to direction Y Stops the motor to direction Y and prevents the
motor from starting as long as the alarm is on
(Hardware).
DevH Deviation High (Positive) Indicates that the Position of the Actuator is
higher than the Setpoint
DevL Deviation Low (Negative) Indicates that the Position of the Actuator is
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 166
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

Type of alarm Description

lower than the Setpoint

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false” the alarm is active.

F All alarms are shown on MOTP graphic Element directly and on the MOTPTag.

7.3.2.2.3 Trend
On-Line trend with actual position, position setpoint and analog output in case of analog
controlled actuator
Moving over the trend area a curser will appear, showing traces’ value and record time

Show / Hide Grid

MV =actual position
OUT = analog output
SP = position setpoint

Record Time

7.3.2.2.4 Group

Start step 50 of the group sequential start

moves the actuator to position X in case
P2 or P3 is selected

Start step 60 of the group sequential start

moves the actuator to position Y in case
P1 is selected

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Step Description Delay Preselection
st st
Pos X1 1 sequential position 1 position Preselection Condition
order of the actuator to delay of the e.g P2 | P3 = P2 or P3
direction 1(X) within the actuator to
Drive Group direction 1(X)
nd nd
Pos X2 2 sequential position 2 position n.a
order of the actuator to delay of the
direction 1(X) within the actuator to
Drive Group. X2 is only direction 1(X)
executed on group
stopping
st st
Pos Y1 1 sequential position 1 position Preselection Condition
order of the actuator to delay of the e.g P1
direction 2(Y) within the actuator to
Drive Group direction 2(Y)
nd nd
Pos Y2 2 sequential position 2 position n.a.
order of the actuator to delay of the
direction 2(Y) within the actuator to
Drive Group. Y2 is only direction 2 (Y)
executed on group
stopping
Auto Step number in which the Time delay to Preselection Condition
actuator will be set to Auto set the actuator e.g P2 & P1 | P3 & ! P1
Mode to Auto Mode (P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
Manual Step number in which the Time delay to n.a.
actuator will be set to set the actuator
Manual Mode to Manual
Mode
No of Steps Max number of steps in the n.a. n.a.
Drive Group

F When a motor is not a member of a Drive Group, the Pos.Steps are “0”

7.3.2.2.5 SP Limits

Reference Table, SP Limits

Description
Setpoint H Initial position set point High limit
Setpoint L Initial position set point Low limit
Enable Auto Calc for Auto Calculation sets the Stepsize to a multiple of 10 times 1 or 5
Inc/Dec Step dependent on the Range of the Setpoint
Inc/Dec Step If “Enable Auto Calc for Inc/Dec Step” is not set, the Stepsize used
for the Inc/Dec Buttons and the Direct Entry Window can be set
Enable relative Limits If set, the Max Increase / Decrease Values are enforced
for Entry Window
Max Increase The Direct Entry Window’s high limit is set to the current Value plus
the Value given here
Max Decrease The Direct Entry Window’s low limit is set to the current Value
minus the Value given here

F When setpoint limits are changed from the faceplate, you must take into consideration
that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a cold restart /
reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the corresponding
controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding MOTP
control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values from the
Faceplate.

7.3.2.2.6 Limits

Reference Table, Limits

Description
Dev H Deviation high limit
Dev L Deviation low limit
Dev Hyst Deviation hysteresis
Dev Delay Deviation alarm time delay

F When Deviation / Speed Limits are changed from the faceplate, you must take into
consideration that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a
cold restart / reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the
corresponding controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding MOTP
control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values from the
Faceplate.

7.3.2.2.7 Maintenance

Force Limit Switch reached

Force Limit Switch not reached

F Out of Service and “Allow Alarm During Simulation” Checkbox and the “Block FB X
Input” and “Block FB Y Input” Buttons are only accessible when you are logged on as
a System Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

Description
Out of Service When this box is checked the valve/damper is put out of service and is
not taken into account anymore by the corresponding Drive Group
Allow Alarm during Alarming during simulation can be enabled for testing the simulated
Simulation interface signals of an individual actuator while the rest of the group
remains in simulation
Maintenance Mode Set the Drive to Maintenance Sub-Mode. This Checkbox is only
available if the Project is configured to allow Maintenance Mode
Block FB X Input X Limit Switch Value is blocked and can be Forced with the On/Off
Buttons
Block FB Y Input Y Limit Switch Value is blocked and can be Forced with the On/Off
Buttons
Last Trip Reason The Reason of the Last Trip contains the Alarm, Interlock or PCC Text
that was active at the time of the last Trip
Last Trip Time Date and Time the Motor has tripped last

7.3.2.3 Extended View 2

The faceplate second extended view gives more detailed information about the PID,
such as:
Tab Description
Par PU1 Three state position controller - Regulation Settings
Par PU2 Three state position controller - Regulation Settings

7.3.2.3.1 Par PU1

Reference Table, Par_PU1

Description
Travel Time Total setpoint "travel" time (defined as time to change the setpoint from 0
to 100 %)
Gain Inc Gain for pulse length calculation when increasing the setpoint
Gain Dec Gain for pulse length calculation when decreasing the setpoint
DeadBand PU deadband in units, no corrective action if actual value - setpoint is
within deadband
Recalc Time Cycle time for re-calculation of pulse length. If 0, calculation of pulse
every task cycle
Min Pulse Time Minimum pulse length
Gap Time Actuator gap time which is added to the pulse when direction is changed.
Set new Times Used for recalculated the CON PU timers without download (warm
restart). This is a precondition to adjust CON-PU parameters from the
faceplate.

F When ConPu parameters are changed from the faceplate, you must take into
consideration that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a
cold restart / reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the
corresponding controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding PIDCtrl
control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the Values from the
Faceplate.

7.3.2.3.2 Par PU2

Reference Table, Par_PU2

Description
Con Pu In this mode, a three state controller intended to control, by mean of
pulses (increase, decrease), a process via an integrating actuator such
as a shifting motor or a solenoid valve.
Time Based In this mode, the Actuator Position is simulated according to the travel
time. If limit switches are reached or WorkingSetpoint is on the upper or
lower limit, the ActuatorPosition is adaptative corrected.
Fix Pulse In this mode, increase and decrease may be manually controlled by 3
buttons (Inc, Dec, Stop) in the faceplate. Pulses with length of 1% of
travel time and period of 3% of travel time are sent to the IO’s as long as
increment or decrement is active. This mode is preferably used in cases
where INC/DEC are directly connected to the MOTP (e.g. speed
controlled drives)
Inc Connection to boolean signal for increasing the setpoint
Dec Connection to boolean signal for decreasing the setpoint
Stop Stop increase / decrease

F When the ConPu modes are changed from the faceplate, you must take into
consideration that these values will be overwritten again with the initial values when a
cold restart / reset is performed and the coldretain files are not available for the
corresponding controller.
To avoid this, you need to update the initial values for the corresponding PIDCtrl
control module instance with Control Builder, after changing the values from the
Faceplate.

7.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission

7.3.4 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

7.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the MOTP object the following message structure applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [STOP REASON + WSP] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]
[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in forced condition
E1 E1 mode is selected. For external setpoint on analog
control.

[STATUS] Description
Run1 Motor is running in X direction or direction 1
Run2 Motor is running in X direction or direction 2
Run Motor is running. Message only possible under ForcedX
and ForcedY condition at the same time
Off Motor is stopped
PosX When position X is reached
PosY When position Y is reached
Unk Unknown position. When no position is defined. When
not present PosX or PosY at same time.

[STOP REASON + Description

WSP]
QSP Stopped from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Stopped from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqStop
CSP Stopped from the faceplate
FSP Stopped from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Stopped from process panel. Command from panel
IOS Stopped due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Stopped due to ME alarm
SQX Stopped due to Sequence Interlock X from the group
SQY Stopped due to Sequence Interlock Y from the group
ICX Stopped due to ICX interlock
ICY Stopped due to ICY interlock
IBX Stopped due to IB1 interlock
IBY Stopped due to IB2 interlock
IAX Stopped due to IAX interlock

[STOP REASON + Description

WSP]
IAY Stopped due to IAY interlock
<WSP> WSP is the working setpoint when motor started
running.

[BLOCK LIST] Description

- No blockings active
IBX IB1 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IBY IB2 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IAX IAX interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IAY IAY interlock is blocked in the faceplate
FBX FBPosX Open Limit Switch is blocked in the faceplate
FBY FBPosY Close Limit Switch is blocked in the faceplate
TrqX TorqueX Alarm is blocked in the faceplate
TrqY TorqueY Alarm is blocked in the faceplate

7.3.4.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message is depending on the Alarm
text only, defined in the control module parameters. For MOTP the following messages
are available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
M2 M2Txt
M3 M3Txt
Local Stop LcbStopTxt
Alarm X and Y at same time XYErrTxt
Contactor Fault FdBckTxt
Feedback PosX Fault FBPosXTxt
Feedback PosY Fault FBPosYTxt
Torque Switch direction X Alarm TorqueXTxt
Torque Switch direction Y Alarm TorqueYTxt

These text parameters can be changed in the motor control module from Control Builder.
In case NLS is not used for Alarm and Event Messages (Project Constant
cBMI.AE.AE_NLS_Used is set to False), a suffix to FdBckTxt will be added that gives the
reason for the Alarm.
Suffix Text Constant Reason
On cBMI.AE.FBFail_On_SuffixTxt FdBck not true after FdBckTime
Trip cBMI.AE.FBFail_Trip_SuffixTxt FdBck goes false while running
Off cBMI.AE.FBFail_Off_SuffixTxt FdBck not false after FdBckTime
Frc cBMI.AE.FBFail_Frc_SuffixTxt FdBck goes true while stopped

7.4 Application Examples

7.4.1 Damper close on stopped Fan

This is the standard application code for a Damper / Fan combination.
GrpAutoStep 11
GrpY1Step 10

GrpY2Step 1010
In the application Code, PreselY of the MOTP is set to the inverted Run signal of the Fan, to
prevent the Damper from closing while the Fan is running.

The Damper will be closed on Group Stop as well as Group Restart if the Fan is stopped
(restarting).
If the Damper is required to close immediately after the Fan trips, some additional application logic
would be required to give a Pulse to SeqPosY.
If the Dampers Position is controlled from a PIDCtrl, it makes sense to change the Modes on the
PIDCtrl accordingly.

7.4.2 Y1Step on Group Restart only

The Gate should be closed on Group Start or Restart. Typical use is the filling of multi-chambers
Silos.
In this case PreselY has to be set to not PreselX and GrpY1Step should be GrpX1Step + 1000.
(Here, PreselX and GrpStepX1 are used, but you can replace it with PreselAuto and GrpStepAuto
if needed).

8. VLV1

8.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type VLV1 is used to control a normally-closed one-way valve or
actuator in a drive group or standalone.
Additionally to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for VLV1:
· 1 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Availability
· 2 position feedback signals with error indication if both are present at the same time.
Timer delay.
· 1 Safety interlock, 1 Chain Auto Interlock, 2 Process interlocks, 1 previous drive.
· One or two-coil Valves supported (energized until Position Feedback or continuously).
· Totalisation and indication of number of operations (change from Close to Open)

8.2 CONTROL

8.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

The default view is shown, it’s possible to change the visibility of ports per Instance in
CBM.

8.2.2 Parameter description

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description
1 Name string[24] 'Name' yes in INIT: Tag name of the valve (allowed
deliminators are "." and "-", no blanks ":" or ";"
allowed)
2 Description string[40] 'Description' yes in IN: Description text of the valve

3 IO VLV1Data default yes in_out IN/OUT: VLV1Data Variable

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

22 FBOpnTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.F no in IN: description text for error feed back signal
BOpn_txt position open, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
23 FBClsEn bool true no in IN true: If true a limit switch for FBCls is present,
if false FBCls will be simulated
24 FBCls bool false yes in IN: feed back signal "Position close reached"

25 FBClsTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.F no in IN: description text for error feed back signal
BCls_txt position close, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
26 FBTime time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time of FBOpn/Cls response.
s
27 FBErrorMode dint cBMI.VLV.F no in IN: 0: FBError sends OrdCls, 1= OrdOpn/Cls
BErrorMode remains and Group is RFS, 2= OrdOpn/Cls
remains and Group is not RFS
28 SamePosDela time cBMI.Time0_ no in IN: Delay to allow actuators in same position
y 8s
29 LcbOpn bool false yes in_out IN pulse: Open signal (pulse) from field LCB.
left Open = 1
30 LcbCls bool true yes in_out IN true: Any close command (close, not remote..)
left from field LCB. Close = 0
31 LcbRem bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
VLV1_LCB
32 LcbLoc bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Loc or Tst depending on config in
VLV1_LCB
33 LcbMaint bool false yes in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
left user defined config in VLV1_LCB

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

34 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
0 LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig,
35 CutOrd bool false no in IN false: Input to define Ord behaviour. True =
output deactivated when limit switch (FB)
reached.
36 OrdOpn bool false yes out OUT: Order Open. Output to contactor.

37 OrdCls bool false yes out OUT: Order Close. Output to contactor.

38 PrevDrive bool TRUE yes in IN true: Chain interlock "previous drive running"

39 PrevDriveTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain interlock with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
40 IATxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IA,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
41 IB1Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for process interlock signal,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
42 IB2Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for process interlock signal,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
43 ICTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal IC,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
44 OpnTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.O no in IN: Description text for open (e.g. forward, open,
pn_txt up, etc), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
45 ClsTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.Cl no in IN: Description text for close (e.g. reverse, close,
s_txt down, etc), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
46 StwCen bool cBMI.VLV.St no in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
wCen triggered, when started from Central/Sequence
47 StwField bool cBMI.VLV.St no in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
wField triggered, when started from field (from LCB)
48 AutoMode dint cBMI.MOT.A no in INIT: 1= Disable IA in Man Mode if EnAuto, 8 =
utoMode Wait for next Trigger for Startup in Auto mode
49 EnAuto bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN false: Mode Auto enable, if true Auto mode is
nAuto activated on sequence start
50 EnSeq bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
nSeq
51 EnCen bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Point of control Central enable
nCen
52 EnLoc bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Point of control Local enable
nLoc
53 EnMaint bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
nMaint
54 EnFPLClsInAll bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: If false the normally-close valve can only
Modes nFPLClsInAll be closed from faceplate in central mode
Modes
55 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
0 Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
56 Class dint 1 no in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
57 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Ala no in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rmTr (1=lowest)
58 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Inte no in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rlockTr (1=lowest)
59 ModeTr bool cBMI.VLV.M no in IN true: True enables events on mode and point
odeTr of control change
60 StatusTr bool cBMI.VLV.St no in IN true: True enables events on status (on/off)
atusTr change
61 IOStatTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.IO no in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
S_txt (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

62 IOStat4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usally
_str used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
63 METxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.M no in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
E_txt supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
64 M1Txt string[35] cBMI.VLV.M no in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
1_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
65 LcbClsTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.Lo no in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Closed", for
calStop_txt NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
66 OpnClsErrTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.O no in IN: Error text for: Open and Close postition
pnClsErr_txt feedback present at the same time, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
67 GrpOpnOverri bool false no in IN false: If true, RUN backsignal to Group is set
de constant 1
68 GrpClsOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal to Group is set
e constant 0
69 GrpTripOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, a trip will not initiate an auto
e change over of the preselections
70 AlarmAck bool false no in IN pulse: Alarm acknowledge

8.2.3 Data Type description

Together with the VLV1 Control Module Type a Structured Data Type VLV1Data is
available. This makes it possible to create one Global Variable in the application for each
valve instance.
VLV1Data contains the four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel.
VLV1Data; components
Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description
Value
1 In VLV1Input retain Input variables to the valve
2 Out VLV1Output retain Output variables from the valve
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus, PriorityCommand/Interlock from
Input modules to motor
4 ProcessPanel PanelLinkConsu retain Interface from / to Process Panel
mer

VLV1Input; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
PreSel bool retain hidden 1 IN true: true = valve is pre-selected, connected to
PreBinData.PreSel in case parameterized
1 PreSelection is not used.
PreSelStdBy bool retain hidden false IN true: true = valve is pre-selected as standby only
used in case of cBMI.StdType = 1 to reduce IndTr to
2 Warning
EnSeqOpn bool retain true IN true: a group start step will not activate the valve
3 till this signal is true
EnSeqCls bool retain true IN true: a group stop step will not deactivate the
4 valve till this signal is true
5 SeqOpn bool retain hidden 0 Open Command
6 SeqCls bool retain hidden 0 Close Command
7 SetSeq bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Seq
8 SetCen bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Cen
9 SetLoc bool retain hidden false IN pulse: external POC change to Loc
10 IC bool retain 1 Safety interlock signal, active in all operation modes.
IB1 bool retain 1 IN true: Operator blockable interlock signal, not
11 active in Local mode
12 IB2 bool retain 1 IN true: Interlock signal, not active in Local mode
IA bool retain 1 Auto and chain interlock signal. Not included in RFS
13 signal. Valve reopens in auto mode.

VLV1Output; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
Auto bool retain Signal indicating that the valve is in Auto mode.
1 nosort
Seq bool retain Indication of point of operation SEQuence.
2 nosort
Cen bool retain Signal indicating that the valve is in central operation
3 nosort mode.
Loc bool retain Signal indicating that the valve is in local operation
4 nosort mode.
Maint bool retain Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance mode.
5 nosort
OutOfSrv bool retain Signal indicating that the dirve is Out Of Service
6 nosort
Trip bool retain Tripped that the valve is tripped indication.
7 nosort
Rfs bool retain Signal indicating that the valve is Ready For Start.
8 nosort
NoInt bool retain No interlocks. The valve is ready for start and no IA
9 nosort interlock.
PosOpn bool retain Signal indicating that the valve is active in open position
10 nosort
PosCls bool retain Signal indicating that the valve is active in closed
11 nosort position

Name Data Attributes Initial Description

Type Value
OrdOpn bool retain Output order to position open (also enabled during
nosort simulation)
displayvalu
12 e
OrdCls bool retain Output order to position close (also enabled during
13 nosort simulation)
OperationCnt dint coldretain Accumulated no of valve operations
14 nosort
ALNumber dint retain Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2 etc.)
15 nosort
ALPending bool retain Indication of Pending Alarm
16 nosort
ALUnack bool retain Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
17 nosort
FieldOpenRelease bool retain VLV1: Field Open Release is true in case of LOC is
18 nosort selected and startconditions for the mode are o.k.
FieldCloseRelease bool retain VLVNO1: Field Close Release is true in case of LOC is
19 nosort selected and startconditions for the mode are o.k.
FirstOrMaxAETag string[32] retain '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
nosort Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor, Group or
20 Valve
FirstOrMaxAEIndTr dint retain 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or Event
nosort causing an action accroding to Minerals Library Alarm
21 Indication Standards
LastReset date_an coldretain Last Reset of Runtime and StartCnt in System Time
22 d_time
23 LastTripTxt string[40] retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
24 LastTrip date_an retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
d_time

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 InterPos 3 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Opn 4 2 Central Mode 1
3 Cls 5 3 Local Mode 2
4 NotRFS_InterPos 6 4 Auto Mode 3
5 NotRFS_Opn 7 5 AutoCen Mode 4
6 NotRFS_Cls B 6 Out Of Service 9
7 Fault_InterPos 9
8 Fault_Opn 10
9 Fault_ClsP 11
10 FaultNotRFS_InterPos 12
11 FaultNotRFS_Opn 13
12 FaultNotRFS_Cls 14

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position

1 Open 0 1 SetCen 0
2 Close 1 2 SetSeq 1
3 AlarmAck 7 3 SetLoc 2
4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4

8.2.4 Project Constants

Name Data Type Default Value
1 cBMI.VLV.Cls_txt 'Close' string
2 cBMI.VLV.DisabledIntMaxIndTr 13 dint
cBMI.VLV.DisableFPLLocIfLCBIsPOCMast true bool
3 er
4 cBMI.VLV.DisableIAPDInLoc true bool
5 cBMI.VLV.DisableIBInLoc true bool
6 cBMI.VLV.DisableIBInMaint true bool
7 cBMI.VLV.DisableICInMaint false bool
8 cBMI.VLV.EnALFieldMode true bool
9 cBMI.VLV.EnAuto false bool
10 cBMI.VLV.EnCen true bool
11 cBMI.VLV.EnFPLClsInAllModes true bool
12 cBMI.VLV.EnFPLOpnInAllModes true bool
13 cBMI.VLV.EnLoc true bool
14 cBMI.VLV.EnMaint true bool
15 cBMI.VLV.EnMaintInCenSeq false bool
16 cBMI.VLV.EnMaintOnlyIfStopped false bool
17 cBMI.VLV.EnSeq true bool
18 cBMI.VLV.FBCls_txt 'Position Err Cls' string
19 cBMI.VLV.FBErrorMode 0 dint
20 cBMI.VLV.FBOpn_txt 'Position Err Opn' string
21 cBMI.VLV.FieldStopIfNotRemOrLoc true bool
22 cBMI.VLV.IOS_txt 'I/O Error' string
23 cBMI.VLV.KeepMaintInCenSeq false bool
24 cBMI.VLV.LcbRecloseTime 2s time
25 cBMI.VLV.LocalOpen_Txt 'Local Open' string
26 cBMI.VLV.LocalStop_txt 'Local Close' string
27 cBMI.VLV.M1_Inverted false bool
28 cBMI.VLV.M1_txt 'Not Available' string
29 cBMI.VLV.ME_txt 'Ctrl Voltage Trip' string
30 cBMI.VLV.ModeTr true bool
31 cBMI.VLV.Opn_txt 'Open' string
32 cBMI.VLV.OpnClsErr_txt 'Limit Switch Err' string
33 cBMI.VLV.StatusTr true bool
34 cBMI.VLV.StwCen false bool
35 cBMI.VLV.StwField false bool

8.3 OPERATION

8.3.1 Graphic elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
VLV1
information as symbol.
VLV1Symbol Object status information as symbol.

VLV1FBTxt Object feedback information as text.

VLV1IntTxt Object interlock information as text.

VLV1StaTxt Object status information as text.
OperationCnt Displays object operation counter value.

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

8.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on VLV1 Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on VLV1 Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description
Open valve / damper Acknowledge alarm
Direction X (1)
Change control point to sequence:
Close valve / damper The object is controlled automatically
Direction Y (2) from the application program in the
controller
Change Operation Mode to Change control point to central:
Auto: Set point entered from the The object is controlled manually
faceplate. from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change Operation Mode to Change control point to local
Manual: Opn / Cls Command The object is controlled locally in the field
via a local panel with push buttons.
from faceplate Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local

8.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point &

Mode

Valve status

Actual position

Extended Info

Extended View
for detailed
information and
settings

For description of Extended Info see chapter: Extended Info, MOT1

8.3.2.2 Extended View

Additional information for the VLV1 is structured in tabs. The available tabs and a short
description of the contained information are shown below.
Tab Description
Interlock Interlock indication and interlock blocking
PCC Interlock PCC interlock indication
Alarm Alarm indication and alarm blocking
Group Corresponding Drive Group issues
Maintenance Maintenance issues

8.3.2.2.1 Interlocks

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

Type of interlock Description
IC Safety interlock Close the valve and prevents the valve
Active in all POC/modes. from opening as long as the interlock is on.
IB1 Process interlock Close the valve and prevents the valve
Not active in POC Local from opening as long as the interlock is on.
IB2 Process interlock Close the valve and prevents the valve
Not active in POC Local from opening as long as the interlock is on.
IA Auto and Chain interlock Not included in ReadyForStart signal.
Only active in the mode Auto If “true” valve open or re-open.
If “false” valve closes.
PD Chain interlock, previous consumer Similar to IA, but this interlock is not active
when the previous consumer is
started/stopped by an external condition.
This interlock is only active when the
previous consumer is stopped due to an
alarm or interlock condition

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol.

8.3.2.2.2 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB alarms below.
Normally-closed Valve incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø FBO Supervision of “functional backsignal” FeedBack Open.
Ø FBC Supervision of “functional backsignal” FeedBack Close. Timer delay
Ø O/C Limit switch discrepancy supervision

Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1 signal input level can be changed to 0 for
normal status by project constants.
In total, only one AlarmCond Block is used:
· for M1, LCB, FBO and FBC, O /C

First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.
All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Reference Table, Alarms

Type of alarm Description
IOS Input/Output error Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this
specific valve (no alarm generated). The valve is
not disturbed because of this.
ME Main control voltage Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no
alarm generated). Inhibits the M1 and LCB
alarms below.
M1 MCC interface signal 1 Close the valve and prevents the valve from
Default alarm text is “Availability” opening as long as the alarm is on.
LCB Local Stop A local stop from the local control box was
performed by the operator due to an emergency
in the plant. Local stop can always be done
independent from the POC/mode. The valve will
always turn to manual mode.
FBO Feedback Open The FBO signal is not coming within the pre-
e.g. End Switch Open defined feedback time. The feedback time is a
parameter that can be tuned via the Parameter
List and is set per default to 10s.
FBC Feedback Close Similar as FBO, but for closing
e.g. End Switch Close
O/C Position feedback error FBO and FBC position feedback signals present
at the same time

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false” the alarm is active.

F All alarms are shown on VLV1 graphic Element directly and on the VLV1Tag.

8.3.2.2.3 Group
th
This valve will be the 7 object in the
Drive Group to be started, with a delay of
10 seconds, step is always executed as
no preselction is defined.

th
This valve will be the 7 object in the
Drive Group to be stopped, with a delay
of 0 seconds

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Description Delay Preselection
Open Step Sequential open order Open delay of the Preselection Condition
of the valve within the valve e.g P2 & P1 | P3 & ! P1
Drive Group (P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
Close Step Sequential close order Close delay of the n.a
of the valve within the valve
Drive Group
No of Max number of steps in n.a. n.a.
Steps the Drive Group

F When a valve is not a member of a Drive Group, the Start Step and Stop Step are “0”

8.3.2.2.4 Maintenance

Force Limit Switch reached

Force Limit Switch not reached

Last Reset Time

F “Simulation” and “Allow Alarm during Simulation” Checkbox and Reset Counters
button are only accessible when you are logged on as a System Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

Description
Out of Service When this box is checked the valve is put out of service and is not
taken into account anymore by the corresponding Drive Group
Allow Alarm during Alarming during simulation can be enabled for testing the simulated
Simulation interface signals of an individual valve while the rest of the group
remains in simulation
Maintenance Mode Set the Valve to Maintenance Sub-Mode. This Checkbox is only
available if the Project is configured to allow Maintenance Mode
Block FB Opn Input Open Limit Switch Value is blocked and can be Forced with the On/Off
Buttons
Block FB Cls Input Close Limit Switch Value is blocked and can be Forced with the
On/Off Buttons
Last Trip Reason Contains the Error Text shown at the Time of the Last Trip
Last Trip Time The Last Date and Time the Valve tripped
Number of Number of Operations is counting the times the valve was opened
Operations
Reset Counters Reset button, to reset Number of Operations
Last Reset Time Date and Time at which Number of Operations was last reset

8.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission

8.3.4 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

8.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the VLV1 object the following message structure applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [CLOSE REASON] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]

[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 196
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in Forced condition

[STATUS] Description
Opn Valve is opened
Cls Valve is closed
Unk Valve is in a unknown position. Not close and not
opened

[CLOSE REASON] Description

QSP Closed from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Closed from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqOpen
CSP Closed from the faceplate
FSP Closed from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Closed from process panel. Command from panel
IOS Closed due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Closed due to ME alarm
SQX Closed due to Sequence Interlock from the group
IC Closed due to IC interlock
IB1 Closed due to IB1 interlock
IB2 Closed due to IB2 interlock
IA Closed due to IA interlock
PD Closed due to Previous Drive

[BLOCK LIST] Description

8.3.4.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message is depending on the Alarm
text only, defined in the control module parameters. For VLV1 the following messages are
available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
Local Close LcbClsTxt
Open and Close feedback at same time OpnClsErrTxt
Feedback open alarm FBOpnTxt
Feedback close alarm FBClsTxt

These text parameters can be changed in the motor control module from Control Builder.

8.4 Application Example

OutOfService Mode example for a Valve

FBOpen := False & FBClose := False ó No Limit switch installed, or Valve stuck in between.

FBOpen := True & FBClose := Falseó Limit switch OK, Valve open.

FBOpen := True & FBClose := Trueó Limit switches inverted or wrong cabling.

9. VLVNO1

9.1 BASIC DESCRIPTION

The Control Module Type VLVNO1 is used to control a normally-open one-way valve or
actuator in a drive group or standalone.
Additionally to the common basic functions for consumer objects, the following functions
are supported for VLVNO1:
· 1 additional interface inputs with MCC; for e.g. Availability
· 2 position feedback signals with error indication if both are present at the same time.
Timer delay.
· 1 Safety interlock, 1 Chain Auto Interlock, 2 Process interlocks, 1 previous drive.
· One or two-coil Valves supported (energized until Position Feedback or continuously).
· Totalisation and indication of number of operations (change from Open to Close)

9.2 CONTROL

9.2.1 Diagram Graphical Representation

The default view is shown, it’s possible to modify the visible ports in CBM.

9.2.2 Parameter description

3 IO VLVNO1Dat default yes in_out IN/OUT: VLVNO1Data Variable

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

25 FBClsTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.F no in IN: description text for error feed back signal
BCls_txt position close, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
26 FBTime time cBMI.Time10 no in IN: Maximum delay time of FBOpn/Cls response.
s
27 FBErrorMode dint cBMI.VLV.F no in IN: 0= FBError sends OrdOpn, 1= OrdOpn/Cls
BErrorMode remains and Group is RFS. PosOpn/Cls is
simulate, 2=OrdOpn/Cls remains and Group is
not RFS
28 SamePosDela time cBMI.Time0_ no in IN: Delay to allow actuators in same position
y 8s
29 LcbOpn bool true yes in_out IN pulse: Open signal (pulse) from field LCB.
left Open = 1
30 LcbCls bool false yes in_out IN true: Any close command (close, not remote..)
left from field LCB. Close = 0
31 LcbRem bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Seq or Cen depending on config in
VLVNO1_LCB
32 LcbLoc bool false yes in_out IN pulse: A positive pulse switches the point of
left control to Loc or Tst depending on config in
VLVNO1_LCB
33 LcbMaint bool false yes in_out IN true: Set Maintenance Mode depending on
left user defined config in VLVNO1_LCB

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

34 LcbType dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: 0=POC CCR Start and Stop Sig, 1=POC
0 LCB, 2=Hardwired LCB with LOC/REM DO,
3=POC LCB with Stop on POC Chng, 4=POC
CCR Start and Rem Sig
35 CutOrd bool false no in IN false: Input to define Ord behaviour. True =
output deactivated when limit switch (FB)
reached.
36 OrdOpn bool false yes out OUT: Order Open. Output to contactor.

37 OrdCls bool false yes out OUT: Order Close. Output to contactor.

38 PrevDrive bool TRUE yes in IN true: Chain interlock "previous drive running"

39 PrevDriveTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Descrption text for chain interlock with
_str previous drive, for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
40 IATxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for chain / auto interlock IA,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
41 IB1Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for process interlock signal,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
42 IB2Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for process interlock signal,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
43 ICTxt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for safety interlock signal IC,
_str for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix and no
space in the text
44 OpnTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.O no in IN: Description text for open (e.g. forward, open,
pn_txt up, etc), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
45 ClsTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.Cl no in IN: Description text for close (e.g. reverse, close,
s_txt down, etc), for NLS support use ||IL_NLS_ prefix
and no space in the text
46 StwCen bool cBMI.VLV.St no in IN true: If true, automatic startwarning is
wCen triggered, when started from Central/Sequence
47 StwField bool cBMI.VLV.St no in IN false: If true, automatic startwarning is
wField triggered, when started from field (from LCB)
48 AutoMode dint cBMI.MOT.A no in INIT: 1= Disable IA in Man Mode if EnAuto, 8 =
utoMode Wait for next Trigger for Startup in Auto mode
49 EnAuto bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN false: Mode Auto enable, if true Auto mode is
nAuto activated on sequence start
50 EnSeq bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Point of control Sequence enable
nSeq
51 EnCen bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Point of control Central enable
nCen
52 EnLoc bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Point of control Local enable
nLoc
53 EnMaint bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: Submode Maintenance enable
nMaint
54 EnFPLOpnInAl bool cBMI.VLV.E no in IN true: If false the normally open valve can only
lModes nFPLOpnInA be opened from facplate in central mode
llModes
55 ExtendedInfo dint cBMI.DINT_ no in IN: Mux 1 = ConsumerExt, 2 = Alarm List, 4 =
0 Event List, 8 = DetailGraphic, 16 = Status, 32 =
Trend, 64 = Faceplate
56 Class dint 1 no in INIT: Alarm/Event class 1 ... 9999 (process
section)
57 AlarmTr dint cBMI.AE.Ala no in INIT: Alarm Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rmTr (1=lowest)
58 InterlockTr dint cBMI.AE.Inte no in INIT: Interlock Treatment; 1,2,3 = ALPrio#
rlockTr (1=lowest)
59 ModeTr bool cBMI.VLV.M no in IN true: True enables events on mode and point
odeTr of control change
60 StatusTr bool cBMI.VLV.St no in IN true: True enables events on status (on/off)
atusTr change
61 IOStatTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.IO no in IN: Description text for Input/Output board failure
S_txt (IOStatus), for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text

No Name Data Type Initial Value Port Direction Description

62 IOStat4Txt string[35] cBMI.Empty no in IN: Description text for IOStatus4 failure usally
_str used for serial interface supervision, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
63 METxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.M no in IN: Description text for control voltage distribution
E_txt supervision, for NLS support use ||AE_NLS_
prefix and no space in the text
64 M1Txt string[35] cBMI.VLV.M no in IN: Description text for alarm M1, for NLS
1_txt support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space in
the text
65 LcbOpnTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.Lo no in IN: Description text for alarm "Local Closed", for
calStop_txt NLS support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
in the text
66 OpnClsErrTxt string[35] cBMI.VLV.O no in IN: Error text for: Open and Close postition
pnClsErr_txt feedback present at the same time, for NLS
support use ||AE_NLS_ prefix and no space
67 GrpClsOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, Run backsignal to Group is set
e constant 1
68 GrpOpnOverri bool false no in IN false: If true, OFF backsignal to Group is set
de constant 0
69 GrpTripOverrid bool false no in IN false: If true, a trip will not initiate an auto
e change over of the preselections
70 AlarmAck bool false no in IN pulse: Alarm acknowledge

9.2.3 Data Type description

The VLVNO1 Control Module Type uses a Data Type VLVNO1Data similar to the
VLV1Data Type of the VLV1 Control Module. This makes it possible to create one Global
Variable in the application for each valve instance.
VLVNO1Data contains four components In, Out, PCC and ProcessPanel.

VLVNO1Data; components
Name Data Type Attributes Initial Description
Value
1 In VLV1Input retain Input variables to the valve
2 Out VLV1Output retain Output variables from the valve
3 PCC PCCComData retain IN Interlock Bus, PriorityCommand/Interlock from
Input modules to motor
4 ProcessPanel PanelLinkConsu retain Interface from / to Process Panel
mer

VLV1Output; components
Name Data Attributes Initial Description
Type Value
1 Auto bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the valve is in Auto mode.
2 Seq bool retain nosort Indication of point of operation SEQuence.
Cen bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the valve is in central operation
3 mode.
Loc bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the valve is in local operation
4 mode.
Maint bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the drive is in maintenance
5 mode.
6 OutOfSrv bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the dirve is Out Of Service
7 Trip bool retain nosort Tripped that the valve is tripped indication.
8 Rfs bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the valve is Ready For Start.
NoInt bool retain nosort No interlocks. The valve is ready for start and no IA
9 interlock.
PosOpn bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the valve is active in open
10 position
PosCls bool retain nosort Signal indicating that the valve is active in closed
11 position
OrdOpn bool retain nosort Output order to position open (also enabled during
12 displayvalue simulation)
OrdCls bool retain nosort Output order to position close (also enabled during
13 simulation)
Operation dint coldretain nosort Accumulated no of valve operations
14 Cnt
15 ALNumber dint retain nosort Actual Alarm Number (M1...M4, FB1, FB2 etc.)
16 ALPending bool retain nosort Indication of Pending Alarm
17 ALUnack bool retain nosort Indication of Unacknowledged Alarm
FieldOpen bool retain nosort VLV1: Field Open Release is true in case of LOC is
18 Release selected and startconditions for the mode are o.k.
FieldClose bool retain nosort VLVNO1: Field Close Release is true in case of LOC
19 Release is selected and startconditions for the mode are o.k.
FirstOrMax string[32] retain nosort '' Tag Name of the IO Device with the first or highest
AETag Alarm or Event causing an action on the Motor,
20 Group or Valve
FirstOrMax dint retain nosort 0 Indication treatment of the first or highest Alarm or
AEIndTr Event causing an action accroding to Minerals
21 Library Alarm Indication Standards
LastReset date_an coldretain Last Reset of Runtime and StartCnt in System Time
22 d_time
36 LastTripTxt string[40] retain Interlock Description or PCC AETag of the Last Trip
37 LastTrip date_an retain Time of the Last Trip in System Time
d_time

Status; Bits StatusModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 InterPos 3 1 Sequence Mode 0
2 Opn 4 2 Central Mode 1
3 Cls 5 3 Local Mode 2
4 NotRFS_InterPos 6 4 Auto Mode 3
5 NotRFS_Opn 7 5 AutoCen Mode 4

6 NotRFS_Cls B 6 Out Of Service 9

7 Fault_InterPos 9
8 Fault_Opn 10
9 Fault_Cls 11
10 FaultNotRFS_InterPos 12
11 FaultNotRFS_Opn 13
12 FaultNotRFS_Cls 14

Cmd; Bits CmdModes; Bits

Name Bit Name Bit
Position Position
1 Open 0 1 SetCen 0
2 Close 1 2 SetSeq 1
3 AlarmAck 7 3 SetLoc 2
4 SetAuto 3
5 SetMan 4

9.3 OPERATION

9.3.1 Graphic elements

Graphic Element Description Example
Object status, control point, mode and alarm
VLVNO1
information as symbol.
VLVNO1Symbol Object status information as symbol.

VLVNO1FBTxt Object feedback information as text.

VLVNO1IntTxt Object interlock information as text.

VLVNO1StaTxt Object status information as text.
OperationCnt Displays object operation counter value.

For more information see chapter 2.3 OPERATION.

9.3.2 Faceplate
The following aspect view buttons are available on VLV1NO Faceplates
Icon Aspect View
Alarm List

Event List

Minerals PCC Viewer

Operators Note

Faceplate Documentation, reference to this document

For description of PCC Viewer see chapter: Viewer Detail Description

The following command buttons are available on VLV1NO Faceplates

Icon Description Icon Description
Close valve / damper Acknowledge alarm
Direction X (1)

Open valve / damper Change control point to sequence:

Direction Y (2) The object is controlled automatically
from the application program in the
controller
Change Operation Mode to Change control point to central:
Auto: Set point entered from the The object is controlled manually
faceplate. from the Faceplate with the buttons
Change Operation Mode to Change control point to local
Manual: Opn / Cls Command The object is controlled locally in the field
via a local panel with push buttons.
from faceplate Depending on configuration some interlock
categories are not active in Local

9.3.2.1 Default View

Tagname
&
Description

Control Point &

Mode

Valve status

Actual position

Extended Info

Extended View
for detailed
information and
settings

For description of Extended Info see chapter: Extended Info, MOT1

9.3.2.2 Extended View

The faceplate extended view gives more detailed information about the valve, such as:
· Interlocks (Interlock Tab)
· Alarms (Alarm Tab)
· Corresponding Drive Group issues (Group Tab).
· Maintenance issues (Maintenance Tab).

9.3.2.2.1 Interlocks

Reference Table, Interlocks (described behavior can be changed by project constants)

Type of interlock Description
IC Safety interlock Opens the valve and prevents the valve
Active in all POC/modes. from closing as long as the interlock is on.
IB1 Process interlock Opens the valve and prevents the valve
Not active in POC Local from closing as long as the interlock is on.
IB2 Process interlock Opens the valve and prevents the valve
Not active in POC Local from closing as long as the interlock is on.
IA Auto and Chain interlock Not included in ReadyForStart signal.
Only active in the mode Auto If “true” valve closes or re-closes.
If “false” valve opens.
PD Chain interlock, previous consumer Similar to IA, but this interlock is not active
when the previous consumer is
started/stopped by an external condition.
This interlock is only active when the
previous consumer is stopped due to an
alarm or interlock condition

F All interlocks are low active. When the interlock signal is “false” the interlock is active.

F Interlocks can be configured to be presented on the Tag, instead of the Symbol.

9.3.2.2.2 Alarms
There is a build in Alarm indication on the Extended Faceplate Alarm tab.
Following Alarms can be indicated:
Ø IOS Indication of I/O sub-system fault used by this specific motor (no
alarm generated)
Ø ME Indication of main control voltage circuit fault (no alarm generated).
Inhibits the M1..M3, LCB alarms below.
Normally-open Valve incorporates the following 7 alarms:
Ø M1 MCC supervision e.g. availability
Ø LCB Local operation STOP alarm (when required)
Ø FBO Supervision of “functional backsignal” FeedBack Open.
Ø FBC Supervision of “functional backsignal” FeedBack Close. Timer delay
Ø O/C Limit switch discrepancy supervision

Signal input level is 1 for normal status M1 signal input level can be changed to 0 for
normal status by project constants.
In total, only 1 AlarmCond Block is used:
· for M1, LCB, FBO and FBC, O /C ,

First incoming (within the same cycle the highest prio) input will be freezed for indication
and alarm.
All alarms have individual descriptive text string as parameter in the control module.

Reference Table, Alarms

F All alarms are low active. When the alarm signal is “false” the alarm is active.

F All alarms are shown on VLVNO1 graphic Element directly and on the VLVNO1Tag.

9.3.2.2.3 Group
th
This valve will be the 7 object in the
Drive Group to be started, with a delay of
10 seconds, step is always executed as
no preselection is defined.

th
This valve will be the 7 object in the
Drive Group to be stopped, with a delay
of 0 seconds

No. of steps in the corresponding Drive

Group

Link to the corresponding Drive Group

Reference Table, Group

Step Description Delay Preselection
Open Sequential open order Open delay of the Preselection Condition
of the valve within the valve e.g P2 & P1 | P3 & ! P1
Drive Group (P2 and P1) or (P3 and not P1)
Close Sequential close order Close delay of the n.a
of the valve within the valve
Drive Group
No of Max number of steps in n.a. n.a.
Steps the Drive Group

F When a valve is not a member of a Drive Group, the Start Step and Stop Step are “0”

9.3.2.2.4 Maintenance

Force Limit Switch reached

Force Limit Switch not reached

Last Reset Time

F “Simulation” and “Allow Alarm during Simulation” Checkbox, Block FB Opn, FB Cls
and Reset Counters buttons are only accessible when you are logged on as a System
Engineer

Reference Table, Maintenance

Description
Out of Service When this box is checked the valve is put out of service and is not
taken into account anymore by the corresponding Drive Group
Allow Alarm during Alarming during simulation can be enabled for testing the simulated
Simulation interface signals of an individual valve while the rest of the group
remains in simulation
Maintenance Mode Set the Valve to Maintenance Sub-Mode. This Checkbox is only
available if the Project is configured to allow Maintenance Mode
Block FB Opn Input Open Limit Switch Value is blocked and can be Forced with the On/Off
Buttons
Block FB Cls Input Close Limit Switch Value is blocked and can be Forced with the
On/Off Buttons
Last Trip Reason Contains the Text of the Interlock, Alarm or PCC Message from the
Time of the Last Trip
Last Trip Time The Last Date and Time the Valve tripped
Reset Counters Reset button, to reset Number of Operations
Last Reset Time Date and Time at which Number of Operations was last reset to 0

9.3.3 Faceplate Control Permission

9.3.4 Alarm & Event List

For general information about Alarm & Event list, please, consult chapter 2.4 Alarm &
Event list.

9.3.4.1 Object Status and Mode

Object status and modes are presented on the event list. When ever the object changes
its status or mode the complete information of the object at the time of the change is
logged in the event list. For the VLVNO1 object the following message structure applies:
[MODE] + [SUBMODE] + [STATUS] + [OPEN REASON] + Blk: + [BLOCK LIST]

[MODE] Description
Seq Sequence Mode
Cen Central Mode
Loc Local/Field Mode
Out Motor is Out of Service

[SUBMODE] Description
Aut Auto Mode
Man Manual Mode
Mtc Maintenance Mode
Frc Motor is in Forced condition

[STATUS] Description
Opn Valve is opened
Cls Valve is closed
Unk Valve is in a unknown position. Not close and not
opened

[OPEN REASON] Description

QSP Opened from Quick Stop command from the group
SSP Opened from seq command from the group or from
IO.In.SeqOpen
CSP Opened from the faceplate
FSP Opened from local mode. Command from local button
PSP Opened from process panel. Command from panel
IOS Opened due to a failure in IOStatus connections
ME Opened due to ME alarm
SQX Opened due to Sequence Interlock from the group
IC Opened due to IC interlock
IB1 Opened due to IB1 interlock
IB2 Opened due to IB2 interlock
IA Opened due to IA interlock
PD Opened due to Previous Drive

[BLOCK LIST] Description

- No blockings active
IB1 IB1 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IB2 IB2 interlock is blocked in the faceplate
IA IA interlock is blocked in the faceplate
PD Previous Drive is blocked in the faceplate
FBX FBOpn Open Limit Switch is blocked in the faceplate
Doc. kind Reference Manual Project Minerals Library, CoE Cement and Minerals
Title Consumer Objects
800xA Minerals Library version 5.1/4a
Document number Lang. Rev. ind. Pages 215
ABB Switzerland Ltd 3BHS 161557 en T No. of p. 217
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden.
Ó Copyright 2013 ABB. All rights reserved.

[BLOCK LIST] Description

FBY FBCls Close Limit Switch is blocked in the faceplate

9.3.4.2 Alarm Messages

For all alarm messages basically the structure of the message is depending on the Alarm
text only, defined in the control module parameters. For VLVNO1 the following messages
are available to modify:
Alarm Parameter in CM
M1 M1Txt
Local Close LcbStopTxt
Open and Close feedback at same time OpnClsErrTxt
Feedback open alarm FBOpnTxt
Feedback close alarm FBClsTxt

These text parameters can be changed in the motor control module from Control Builder.

10. DOCUMENT REVISION HISTORY

Rev. Page (P) Description Date/Initials
ind. Chapt. I
A Initial Version 14.05.2003/PVG
B Update for Minerals Library Release 2.0/1 09.09.2003/GPC
C Update for Minerals Library Release 2.1/1 05.04.2004/GPC
D Further Update for Minerals Library Release 2.1/1 11.07.2004/GPC
E Update for Minerals Library Release 3.1/1 04.08.2004/GPC
F Update for Minerals Library Release 4.0/0 08.06.2005/HT
Added Analog Output for MOTP
Improved description of Alarm functions of MOTx
Improved description of IA and PD interlocks
G Update for Minerals Library Release 5.0/0 16.01.2006/N.B
H Update information for event messages and alarm messages 31.08.2006/WSV
description for all objects
I -Updated faceplates and tables for 5.0/1 20.06.2007/WSV
-Added process panel function for 5.0/1 28.06.2007/MB
-Checked 04.07.2007/KN
K Changes for Maintenance Mode 13.05.2008/LK
L corrected copy/paste errors for VLVNO1 09.12.2008/LK
M Updated for 5.0/2 11.02.2009/LK
Del common Features from Objects “Basic Description” Sections
clean-up for 5.0/2 Release 24.04.2009/LK
N new SP Limits Tab for VVVF and MOTP 18.06.2009/LK
O Update for Minerals Library Version 5.1/0 08.07.2009/MS
P Updated Signal Error on DriveCtrl. 10.11.2009/MS
Selectable Line and Fill Color for Drive Core Symbol
Minerals Library Release 5.1/1
Q Update for Minerals Library Version 5.1/2 10.02.2010
R Update for Minerals Library Version 5.1/3 25.10.2010/CT
Q 6.3.2.1 Update for Minerals Library Version 5.1/3a 24.03.2011/TOP
S Update for Minerals Library Version 5.1/4 11.02.2013/YM
Introduce Speed Supervision for MOT1_VVVF
Introduce MOT2_VVVF
T Sequence Interlock added as Stop Reason in Events 06.08.2013/LK
Update for 5.1/4a

33003788K01000 PDF
No ratings yet
33003788K01000 PDF
472 pages
GenieATM ISPEdition UserManual v5.3.2 Eng (NetStream) PDF
100% (1)
GenieATM ISPEdition UserManual v5.3.2 Eng (NetStream) PDF
338 pages
Cci 2019-Eng
No ratings yet
Cci 2019-Eng
205 pages
05 Minerals Library Group Objects 5p1s4a
No ratings yet
05 Minerals Library Group Objects 5p1s4a
126 pages
02 3BHS161556-603 MinLib Basic Objects
No ratings yet
02 3BHS161556-603 MinLib Basic Objects
121 pages
05 3BHS161561-612 MinLib Group Objects
No ratings yet
05 3BHS161561-612 MinLib Group Objects
142 pages
04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects
No ratings yet
04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects
249 pages
00 3BHS161554-613 MinLib Product Guide
No ratings yet
00 3BHS161554-613 MinLib Product Guide
68 pages
01 Minerals Library Overview PDF
No ratings yet
01 Minerals Library Overview PDF
67 pages
03 3BHS161562-603 MinLib Loop Objects
No ratings yet
03 3BHS161562-603 MinLib Loop Objects
87 pages
03 Minerals Library Loop Objects 5p1s3
No ratings yet
03 Minerals Library Loop Objects 5p1s3
39 pages
800xa Server and Client Virtualization For Sales
No ratings yet
800xa Server and Client Virtualization For Sales
25 pages
M251 PLC Guides
No ratings yet
M251 PLC Guides
248 pages
3BDS011224-510 G en System 800xa Engineering 5.1 Engineering Studio Function Designer PDF
No ratings yet
3BDS011224-510 G en System 800xa Engineering 5.1 Engineering Studio Function Designer PDF
634 pages
00 Minerals Library Product Guide
No ratings yet
00 Minerals Library Product Guide
95 pages
3BSE034679-510 C en System 800xa 5.1 Automated Installation
No ratings yet
3BSE034679-510 C en System 800xa 5.1 Automated Installation
622 pages
Control Expeert Operation Guide
No ratings yet
Control Expeert Operation Guide
44 pages
C11 - Bulk Data Manager V2-1 PDF
100% (1)
C11 - Bulk Data Manager V2-1 PDF
34 pages
ACM User Guide
No ratings yet
ACM User Guide
21 pages
3BSE041880R5021 CIO GetStart PDF
No ratings yet
3BSE041880R5021 CIO GetStart PDF
126 pages
Modicon MC80 Programmable Logic Controller User Manual
No ratings yet
Modicon MC80 Programmable Logic Controller User Manual
151 pages
Himatrix Series
No ratings yet
Himatrix Series
110 pages
System 800xa Information Management Display Services
No ratings yet
System 800xa Information Management Display Services
352 pages
3BDD010421R0401 A en S900 I O S - and N-System With SA920 Installation
No ratings yet
3BDD010421R0401 A en S900 I O S - and N-System With SA920 Installation
110 pages
Memo Information About The Use of S800 I/O Definition Files in SPI
No ratings yet
Memo Information About The Use of S800 I/O Definition Files in SPI
4 pages
GX IEC Developer V7.03 - Reference Manual SH (NA) - 080589-D (11.08)
No ratings yet
GX IEC Developer V7.03 - Reference Manual SH (NA) - 080589-D (11.08)
786 pages
MXConfigurator
No ratings yet
MXConfigurator
550 pages
H651-15 1 Minerals Applications - RevE
No ratings yet
H651-15 1 Minerals Applications - RevE
61 pages
Industrial Controls Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE Pro - Communication
No ratings yet
Industrial Controls Motor Management and Control Devices SIMOCODE Pro - Communication
350 pages
P LLS
No ratings yet
P LLS
56 pages
3BSE036904-510 A en System 800xa Operations 5.1
No ratings yet
3BSE036904-510 A en System 800xa Operations 5.1
284 pages
2PAA113566-6000 en AC 800M 6.0 AC 800M DriveBus
No ratings yet
2PAA113566-6000 en AC 800M 6.0 AC 800M DriveBus
80 pages
ArchestrA Training Manual Class 1
No ratings yet
ArchestrA Training Manual Class 1
314 pages
MODICON M251 - Programming Guide
No ratings yet
MODICON M251 - Programming Guide
232 pages
Stratus Ftserver System Administrator'S Guide For The Windows Operating System
No ratings yet
Stratus Ftserver System Administrator'S Guide For The Windows Operating System
144 pages
06 3BHS161558-612 MinLib Dosing Objects
No ratings yet
06 3BHS161558-612 MinLib Dosing Objects
50 pages
H653 - 04 Consumer Objects
No ratings yet
H653 - 04 Consumer Objects
50 pages
MachineExpert Basic ReleaseNotes en
No ratings yet
MachineExpert Basic ReleaseNotes en
34 pages
Mvi69 MCM User Manual
No ratings yet
Mvi69 MCM User Manual
135 pages
XSlave Manual
No ratings yet
XSlave Manual
33 pages
3BDS011224 - Eng - Function Designer PDF
No ratings yet
3BDS011224 - Eng - Function Designer PDF
618 pages
b0700bg - S FDSI Driver - Modbus (Serial and TCPIP) (Includes One Spreadsheet)
No ratings yet
b0700bg - S FDSI Driver - Modbus (Serial and TCPIP) (Includes One Spreadsheet)
118 pages
Rockwell Automation Application Content: Power Device Library
No ratings yet
Rockwell Automation Application Content: Power Device Library
17 pages
3afe68237432 Ac800m PDF
No ratings yet
3afe68237432 Ac800m PDF
94 pages
3BSE048631 Q en Using McAfee VirusScan Enterprise With System 800xa
No ratings yet
3BSE048631 Q en Using McAfee VirusScan Enterprise With System 800xa
40 pages
Pas Overview B
No ratings yet
Pas Overview B
119 pages
Proces rm012 - en P
No ratings yet
Proces rm012 - en P
118 pages
UCS E Series Overview Part 2 Network Integration High Availability and Redundancy
No ratings yet
UCS E Series Overview Part 2 Network Integration High Availability and Redundancy
18 pages
Introduction and Installation: Composer ™
No ratings yet
Introduction and Installation: Composer ™
60 pages
Micronet 1
No ratings yet
Micronet 1
210 pages
Atlas-II Digital Control 26415F
No ratings yet
Atlas-II Digital Control 26415F
137 pages
PXM20 Honeywell
No ratings yet
PXM20 Honeywell
10 pages
Manual Del Operador Metsodna CR
No ratings yet
Manual Del Operador Metsodna CR
245 pages
E10 Controller EtherNetIP Configuration
No ratings yet
E10 Controller EtherNetIP Configuration
12 pages
Cyber Security For Automation Systems - v1.0 - Training Manual
No ratings yet
Cyber Security For Automation Systems - v1.0 - Training Manual
53 pages
02 3BHS161556-612 MinLib Basic Objects
No ratings yet
02 3BHS161556-612 MinLib Basic Objects
112 pages
Usb485b User's Manual
No ratings yet
Usb485b User's Manual
3 pages
02 Minerals Library Basic Objects 5p1s3a
No ratings yet
02 Minerals Library Basic Objects 5p1s3a
98 pages
04 3BHS161557-613 MinLib Consumer Objects
No ratings yet
04 3BHS161557-613 MinLib Consumer Objects
264 pages
04 3BHS161557-612 MinLib Consumer Objects
No ratings yet
04 3BHS161557-612 MinLib Consumer Objects
267 pages
04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects 5p0s1
No ratings yet
04 Minerals Library Consumer Objects 5p0s1
130 pages
Schneider Electric Easy-UPS-3S E3SUPS30KH
No ratings yet
Schneider Electric Easy-UPS-3S E3SUPS30KH
4 pages
Build Better Processes Today 1743784427
No ratings yet
Build Better Processes Today 1743784427
91 pages
Pioneer FX m8427zt Lexus Rx330
No ratings yet
Pioneer FX m8427zt Lexus Rx330
84 pages
SMG103 MS0008f
No ratings yet
SMG103 MS0008f
1 page
Endress-Hauser Thermocouple TAF12T en
No ratings yet
Endress-Hauser Thermocouple TAF12T en
3 pages
FMEA Optimus 1728798408
No ratings yet
FMEA Optimus 1728798408
6 pages
Sample IO List 2022 Substation
No ratings yet
Sample IO List 2022 Substation
8 pages
Uit504 00 - en GB
No ratings yet
Uit504 00 - en GB
4 pages
IC IT Project Status Report Powerpoint 11839 Powerpoint
No ratings yet
IC IT Project Status Report Powerpoint 11839 Powerpoint
12 pages
5 Steps To Cut Toxicity From Your Life 1743408728
No ratings yet
5 Steps To Cut Toxicity From Your Life 1743408728
7 pages
Fix The Root Not The Fruit 1743784571
No ratings yet
Fix The Root Not The Fruit 1743784571
2 pages
471 Fa11 PDF
No ratings yet
471 Fa11 PDF
38 pages
Copper Rope Class 5
No ratings yet
Copper Rope Class 5
3 pages
Evc001 01 - en GB
No ratings yet
Evc001 01 - en GB
3 pages
Hardware Manual: ACS580-04 Drive Modules (200 To 500 KW)
No ratings yet
Hardware Manual: ACS580-04 Drive Modules (200 To 500 KW)
176 pages
EN - Technical Specifications - CEMTEC
No ratings yet
EN - Technical Specifications - CEMTEC
2 pages
Eltherm Questionnaire Analysis Lines 01
No ratings yet
Eltherm Questionnaire Analysis Lines 01
1 page
13 Common Causes of Motor Failure
0% (1)
13 Common Causes of Motor Failure
16 pages
451 - BL1 Profibus PDF
No ratings yet
451 - BL1 Profibus PDF
2 pages
ACS580 Quick Installation PDF
No ratings yet
ACS580 Quick Installation PDF
100 pages
Drive Composer Pro v. 1.9.0.7
No ratings yet
Drive Composer Pro v. 1.9.0.7
3 pages
Final Reportmall On Inorbit
No ratings yet
Final Reportmall On Inorbit
13 pages
Solutions To Number Theory Exercises
No ratings yet
Solutions To Number Theory Exercises
2 pages
B.tech Cse Aiml 2020
No ratings yet
B.tech Cse Aiml 2020
232 pages
Biodegradable Leaf Table A Sustainable Solution
No ratings yet
Biodegradable Leaf Table A Sustainable Solution
10 pages
Regulation of Food Additives in Sri Lanka
100% (1)
Regulation of Food Additives in Sri Lanka
5 pages
Tableau Session
No ratings yet
Tableau Session
2 pages
A Qualitative Study - An Exploration of The Use of Emotional Intelligence by Military Leaders in Their Decision-Making Process
No ratings yet
A Qualitative Study - An Exploration of The Use of Emotional Intelligence by Military Leaders in Their Decision-Making Process
24 pages
Usman & Nduka (2022)
No ratings yet
Usman & Nduka (2022)
4 pages
MSDS CRC 2020 2023 2024
No ratings yet
MSDS CRC 2020 2023 2024
5 pages
T1235T-8FP: 12 A Snubberless™ Triac
No ratings yet
T1235T-8FP: 12 A Snubberless™ Triac
9 pages
Icse
No ratings yet
Icse
5 pages
Service Bulletin: Service Bulletin NUMBER: 5.10/102 Caterpillar: Confidential Green Page 1 of 2
No ratings yet
Service Bulletin: Service Bulletin NUMBER: 5.10/102 Caterpillar: Confidential Green Page 1 of 2
2 pages
Exxsol D80
No ratings yet
Exxsol D80
2 pages
Office of The Punong Barangay
100% (2)
Office of The Punong Barangay
2 pages
Renatta HF41F Relay Module
No ratings yet
Renatta HF41F Relay Module
6 pages
Ethanol Preparation at Jai Hind College
No ratings yet
Ethanol Preparation at Jai Hind College
4 pages
Introduction To Business Taxation: Property of STI
No ratings yet
Introduction To Business Taxation: Property of STI
3 pages
Neil Sedaka
0% (1)
Neil Sedaka
15 pages
Human Factors Assignment
No ratings yet
Human Factors Assignment
5 pages
Cse Ai ML R20 Iii I
No ratings yet
Cse Ai ML R20 Iii I
15 pages
Regressive Films v. Wax Trax - Documentary Authorship Complaint PDF
No ratings yet
Regressive Films v. Wax Trax - Documentary Authorship Complaint PDF
12 pages
APRS Primer-TM-D710A - E - GA - GE - IDM
No ratings yet
APRS Primer-TM-D710A - E - GA - GE - IDM
108 pages
Mendoza Vs COMELEC
No ratings yet
Mendoza Vs COMELEC
2 pages
Deophantine 5 Problems
No ratings yet
Deophantine 5 Problems
60 pages
Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade - Specification: Indian Standard
No ratings yet
Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade - Specification: Indian Standard
12 pages
Haryana Roadways Training PDF
No ratings yet
Haryana Roadways Training PDF
41 pages
Scoville
No ratings yet
Scoville
8 pages
Keck v. Mix Creative Learning Center, LLC
No ratings yet
Keck v. Mix Creative Learning Center, LLC
39 pages
Module 2-Law-Related Studies Jeselle Palayahay
0% (1)
Module 2-Law-Related Studies Jeselle Palayahay
6 pages